WO2023046190A1 - Communication method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023046190A1
WO2023046190A1 PCT/CN2022/121557 CN2022121557W WO2023046190A1 WO 2023046190 A1 WO2023046190 A1 WO 2023046190A1 CN 2022121557 W CN2022121557 W CN 2022121557W WO 2023046190 A1 WO2023046190 A1 WO 2023046190A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
reference signal
terminal device
measurement
measurement value
downlink reference
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/121557
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
黄甦
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023046190A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023046190A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02DCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
    • Y02D30/00Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
    • Y02D30/70Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of wireless technologies, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
  • the terminal device can perform positioning in a low power consumption mode to achieve low power consumption positioning.
  • the terminal device needs to receive the downlink reference signal from the network device in the low-power mode based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal (hereinafter referred to as the downlink reference signal) used for positioning to obtain Time-frequency synchronization.
  • the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal for positioning (hereinafter referred to as the uplink reference signal) to the network device in the low power consumption mode, so that the network device measures the uplink reference signal to determine the position of the terminal device, and realizes positioning.
  • the uplink reference signal an uplink reference signal for positioning
  • the configuration information of the downlink reference signal in different cells may be different, and the terminal device may reselect a cell, so that the configuration information of the downlink reference signal needs to be updated.
  • the terminal device needs to be based on radio resource management (radio resource management, RRM) measurement determines the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides, and then receives the downlink reference signal based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides to obtain time-frequency synchronization.
  • radio resource management radio resource management
  • the terminal device needs to exit the low-power mode to obtain time-frequency synchronization based on RRM measurement, resulting in high power consumption of the terminal device and affecting user experience.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device, which are used to reduce power consumption of terminal equipment, increase battery life, and improve user experience.
  • the first aspect of the present application provides a communication method, the method is executed by a terminal device, or the method is executed by some components in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the method can also be executed by A logic module or software implementation that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal equipment.
  • description is made by taking the method executed by a terminal device as an example.
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set; the terminal device receives the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; The terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one set of downlink reference signals to obtain a first measurement value; when the first measurement value is greater than a first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip RRM measurement.
  • the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement, which can be expressed as that the terminal device skips the RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed to skip the RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed to skip the RRM measurement.
  • the network device sending the first configuration information and the network device sending the at least one downlink reference signal set may be the same network device, or may be different network devices.
  • At least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that the terminal device can determine the camping of the terminal device A cell is located within the one or more cells.
  • the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides, so that the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement.
  • the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization without exiting the low power consumption mode to perform RRM measurement, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced and increased. Long battery life improves user experience.
  • the second aspect of the present application provides a communication method, the method is executed by a terminal device, or the method is executed by some components in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the method can also be executed by A logic module or software implementation that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal equipment.
  • description is made by taking the method executed by a terminal device as an example.
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first downlink reference signal set; the terminal device receives the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information The terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value; the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value.
  • the terminal device determining whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value may specifically include: when the first measurement value is greater than a second threshold, the terminal device determines the at least one downlink reference signal set Whether the SRS corresponding to the signal set is valid, that is, the terminal device can send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the network device can locate the terminal device based on the SRS; when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal The device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, that is, the terminal device does not send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, and the terminal device requests the network device to update SRS configuration information (for example, the SRS configuration information may include the following The second configuration information or the third configuration information in the foregoing implementation manner) to send the SRS.
  • SRS configuration information may include the following The second configuration information or the third configuration information in the foregoing implementation manner
  • the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is available based on the first measurement value; It can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to send the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first measurement value; it can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to stop sending the at least one downlink reference signal based on the first measurement value Set the corresponding SRS.
  • the network device sending the first configuration information and the network device sending the at least one downlink reference signal set may be the same network device, or may be different network devices.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • the terminal device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that The terminal device may send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set without requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set.
  • the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
  • one downlink reference signal set when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the A first sounding reference signal SRS of a downlink reference signal set; when the first measurement value is greater than a second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
  • the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid.
  • the terminal device when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
  • the terminal device may also receive second configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the second configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • the method further includes: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
  • the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS and the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS may be the same may also be different (for example, the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS is greater than the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS).
  • the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid.
  • the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1.
  • n is an integer greater than 1.
  • the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is multiple (that is, n).
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information from the network device, the third configuration information is used to configure the q SRSs of the downlink reference signal set, where q is less than or equal to n; when the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is one of the q SRSs Associated with the SRS of the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the terminal device determines that the target SRS is valid.
  • the terminal device when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information.
  • the terminal device may also receive third configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the third configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the SRS (i.e., the target SRS) associated with the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the n downlink reference signal sets among the q SRSs is valid, so that The terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information.
  • the terminal device since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the third configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • the method further includes: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS and the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS may be the same, It may also be different (for example, the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS is greater than the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS).
  • the terminal device determines that the target SRS is invalid.
  • the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the target SRS is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update the third configuration information to send the SRS.
  • the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include various implementation manners, including:
  • q 1; or,
  • q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
  • each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the second threshold may be smaller than the first threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is good, so that the terminal device does not need to perform RRM and can send the first SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one set of downlink reference signals is average, so that the terminal device performs RRM and can send the first set of downlink reference signals corresponding to the at least one set of downlink reference signals An SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, so that the terminal device performs RRM so that the network device determines the cell to camp on, and needs to request the network device to update the SRS Configure information (for example, the SRS configuration information may include the second configuration information or the third configuration information in the foregoing implementation manners) to send the SRS.
  • the SRS Configure information for example, the SRS configuration information may include the second configuration information or the third configuration information in the foregoing implementation manners
  • the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1.
  • any downlink reference signal set in the n downlink reference signal sets includes one or more configurations The TRS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource set of the TRS.
  • the SRSs corresponding to any two downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets may be the same or different , without limitation here.
  • At least one set of downlink reference signals is used for one or more cells, and when the terminal device resides in the one or more cells, the terminal device may base on one or more downlink reference signal set to achieve time-frequency synchronization.
  • the multiple downlink reference signal sets delivered by the multiple cells may be the same or different.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals contained in the secondary reference signal set is is n-1;
  • the terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, and obtaining the first measurement value includes: the terminal device measures the primary reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value; A second measurement determines the first measurement.
  • the number of reference signals included in the primary reference signal set is 1.
  • the terminal device may preferentially measure any one downlink reference signal set (for example, the primary reference signal set) in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the n downlink reference signal sets include one primary reference signal set and one or more secondary reference signal sets.
  • the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, so as to obtain the second measurement value, and then determine the first Measurements.
  • the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the primary cell where the network device sending the first configuration information is located.
  • the primary reference signal set may also be applied to neighboring cells of the primary cell.
  • the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the serving cell of the terminal device in the connected state last time before the terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; optionally, The primary reference signal set is also applied to neighboring cells of the serving cell, or the primary reference signal set is also applied to coordinated cells of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes: when the second measurement value is greater than a third threshold, the terminal device The second measurement value is determined as the first measurement value; the terminal device determines to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
  • the terminal device in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, can preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal The device determines the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set as the first measurement value. In other words, when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in one or more cells corresponding to the primary reference signal set. Thereafter, the terminal device does not need to measure other reference signals (ie, secondary reference signal sets) in the n downlink reference signal sets except the primary reference signal set, which can further save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • other reference signals ie, secondary reference signal sets
  • the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes: when the second measurement value is less than a third threshold, the terminal device performing measurement on the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, where p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1; the terminal device is based on The second measured value and the third measured value determine the first measured value.
  • the terminal device measures the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device measures one or more reference signals included in the secondary reference signal set to obtain the first Three measurements.
  • the terminal device in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, can preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is less than the third threshold, the The terminal device determines the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value corresponding to the (at least one) secondary reference signal set. So that when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device may determine the first measurement value based on the third measurement value corresponding to the secondary reference signal set, and when the third measurement value is smaller than the third threshold In a large case, it is possible to make the terminal device skip RRM measurement, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes: the terminal device taking the third measurement value greater than The measured value of the third threshold is determined as the first measured value; the terminal device updates the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measured value greater than the third threshold in the third measured value to the primary reference signal set.
  • the terminal device in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, can preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the first measurement value of the primary reference signal set is less than the third threshold, the terminal device A third measurement value corresponding to a secondary reference signal set corresponding to a measurement value greater than a third threshold in the secondary reference signal set is determined as the first measurement value.
  • the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in the secondary reference signal set corresponding to one or more cells. Thereafter, the terminal device updates the first reference signal to the primary reference signal set, so as to implement a low power consumption positioning process based on the updated primary reference signal set.
  • the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is a maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer smaller than n.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set, the first measurement value is a second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set, and the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than a third threshold; or,
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is the maximum value among the n first measurement values; or,
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is an average value of the n first measurement values; or,
  • Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m first measured values, the m first measured values are all greater than the third threshold, and the first measured value is an average value of the m first measured values, wherein , m is an integer less than n; or,
  • Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to k first measurement values, and the first measurement value is a maximum value among the k first measurement values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
  • the terminal device can realize the determination of the first measurement value through the above-mentioned various methods, and improve the flexibility of the implementation of the solution.
  • the method further includes: when the first measurement value is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
  • the "first threshold” used to determine that the terminal device skips RRM measurement and the "first threshold” used to determine that the terminal device performs RRM measurement may be the same, It can also be different (for example, the "first threshold” for determining that the terminal device skips RRM measurement is greater than the "first threshold” for determining that the terminal device performs RRM measurement).
  • the terminal device skips RRM measurement.
  • the terminal device when the first measurement value is equal to the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
  • At least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one set of downlink reference signals is poor, so that the terminal device can determine the camping of the terminal device
  • the cells are located in other cells than the one or more cells. In other words, the terminal device may not be able to obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the terminal device needs to perform RRM measurement and obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides.
  • the first configuration information is carried in system information; or, the first configuration information is carried in a radio resource control release (radio resource control release, RRCRelease) information.
  • radio resource control release radio resource control release, RRCRelease
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information are carried in the same message.
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information are carried in different messages.
  • the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS); or, the The downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS).
  • channel state information reference signal channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a special CSI-RS, which is mainly used to realize high-precision downlink time-frequency tracking.
  • the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the third threshold may be greater than the first threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform measurement of at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain time-frequency synchronization without performing RRM measurement.
  • the third threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the third threshold is greater than the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be greater than the third threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform at least one downlink reference signal set measurement to send the SRS without performing the process of requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information.
  • the first measurement value includes reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP) and reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ) At least one of the .
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • the first measured value is RSRP.
  • the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement includes: the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, where the first information is used to Indicates that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement based on the measurement results of the synchronization signal block (or called synchronization signal/PBCH block, SS/PBCH block or SSB) of the serving cell.
  • the synchronization signal block or called synchronization signal/PBCH block, SS/PBCH block or SSB
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use different frequencies or different radio access technology (radio access technology, RAT) priority Determine whether to perform inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on the SSB first measurement value of the level and the serving cell.
  • radio access technology radio access technology
  • the first information is preconfigured on the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving the first information sent from the network device.
  • the terminal device may determine to skip the RRM measurement based on the first information.
  • the RRM measurement skipped by the terminal device based on the first information may specifically be: during the cell reselection process, the terminal device measures the current serving cell and neighboring cells (including cells of the same frequency, different frequency, and different RAT) process.
  • the RRM measurement includes at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
  • the RRM measurement may be described as intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
  • the RRM measurement may be expressed as intra-frequency cell measurement.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
  • each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one piece of configuration information
  • each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
  • each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • a third aspect of the present application provides a communications device, which can implement the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the apparatus includes corresponding units or modules for performing the above method.
  • the units or modules included in the device can be realized by software and/or hardware.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or the device may be a component in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the device may also be a logic module capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the terminal device or software.
  • the device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the transceiving unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one set of downlink reference signals;
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information
  • the processing unit is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine to skip radio resource management RRM measurement.
  • a fourth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the apparatus includes corresponding units or modules for performing the above method.
  • the units or modules included in the device can be realized by software and/or hardware.
  • the device may be a terminal device, or the device may be a component in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the device may also be a logic module capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the terminal device or software.
  • the device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
  • the transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first set of downlink reference signals;
  • the processing unit is configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; the terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value;
  • the processing unit is configured to determine whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set.
  • the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
  • one downlink reference signal set when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information of the sounding reference signal from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first SRS; the first SRS is associated with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
  • the processing unit is further configured to stop sending the first SRS.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1.
  • n is an integer greater than 1.
  • the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is multiple (that is, n).
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to receive third configuration information from the network device, where the third configuration information is used to configure q SRSs of the signal set, where q is less than or equal to n; when the first measured value is greater than the second threshold, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is q SRSs is associated with the SRS of the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include various implementation manners, including:
  • q 1; or,
  • q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
  • each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the processing unit is further configured to perform the RRM measurement.
  • the first configuration information is carried in system information; or,
  • the first configuration information is carried in a radio resource control release RRCRelease message.
  • the downlink reference signal contained in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; or,
  • the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is the tracking reference signal TRS.
  • the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
  • one downlink reference signal set when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1.
  • any downlink reference signal set in the n downlink reference signal sets includes one or more configurations The TRS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource set of the TRS.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals contained in the secondary reference signal set is for n-1;
  • the processing unit is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, and obtaining the first measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to measure the main reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value
  • the processing unit is used for determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value.
  • the processing unit being configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the second measured value as the first measured value
  • the processing unit is configured to determine to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
  • the processing unit being configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to measure the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1;
  • the processing unit is used for determining the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine, among the third measured values, a measured value greater than the third threshold as the first measured value;
  • the processing unit is configured to update the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measurement value greater than the third threshold in the third measurement value to the primary reference signal set.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value, including:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the processing unit is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values in the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
  • the processing unit is used to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer less than n.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is the maximum value among the n measured values; or,
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is an average value of the n measured values; or,
  • the partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m measured values, the m measured values are all greater than the fourth threshold, and the first measured value is the average value of the m measured values, where m is less than n integer; or,
  • the partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to k measured values, and the first measured value is a maximum value among the k measured values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
  • the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first measurement value includes at least one of a reference signal received power RSRP and a reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  • the first measured value is RSRP.
  • the processing unit being used to determine to skip the RRM measurement includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement based on the measurement result of the synchronization signal block SSB of the serving cell.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on the priority of inter-frequency or inter-RAT RAT and the SSB measurement result of the serving cell.
  • the RRM measurement includes at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
  • each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one piece of configuration information, and the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
  • each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the components of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the first aspect or the second aspect please refer to the first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the second aspect will not be repeated here.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, and the at least one processor is coupled to a memory;
  • the memory is used to store programs or instructions
  • the at least one processor is configured to execute the program or the instruction, so that the device implements the method in the aforementioned first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, and the at least one processor is coupled to a memory;
  • the memory is used to store programs or instructions
  • the at least one processor is configured to execute the program or instruction, so that the device implements the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the computer executes the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect The method, or, causing the computer to execute the method according to the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product (or called a computer program).
  • the computer program product includes computer program code.
  • the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes any of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect.
  • the ninth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, configured to implement the functions involved in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or, use To realize the functions involved in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the chip system may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store instructions and/or data.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the chip system further includes an interface circuit for inputting or outputting instructions and/or data.
  • the tenth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system includes at least the terminal device involved in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or, the communication system includes at least the second aspect Or the terminal device involved in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the communication system further includes a network device that communicates with the terminal device.
  • the technical effects brought by any possible implementation manners from the third aspect to the tenth aspect can refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the different implementation manners in the first aspect (or the second aspect and the second aspect) The technical effects will not be repeated here.
  • sending in this application may also be referred to as “output”, and “receiving” may also be referred to as “input”.
  • At least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that the terminal device can determine the camping of the terminal device A cell is located within the one or more cells.
  • the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides, so that the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement.
  • the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization without exiting the low power consumption mode to perform RRM measurement, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced and increased. Long battery life improves user experience.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 2a is another schematic diagram of the network architecture provided by the present application.
  • Figure 2b is another schematic diagram of the network architecture provided by the present application.
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of the communication device provided by the present application.
  • Terminal equipment it can be a wireless terminal equipment that can communicate with network equipment, and the wireless terminal equipment can provide voice and/or data to users.
  • devices or handheld devices with wireless connectivity, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
  • the terminal may communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN).
  • the terminal can be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone, mobile phone), a computer or a data card, for example, it can be a portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile phone device.
  • a terminal may be a personal communication service (PCS) phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function and other equipment.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • Pad tablet computer
  • a terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a remote station, or an access point. , AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), customer premises equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE), terminal (terminal), user Equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device and a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal device in a fifth generation (5 th generation, 5G) communication system or a terminal device in a future evolving network.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • terminals involved in this application can be widely used in various scenarios, for example, device to device (device to device, D2D), vehicle to everything (vehicle to everything, V2X) communication, machine type communication (machine-type communication, MTC), thing Internet of things (IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc.
  • Terminals can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal.
  • Network device it can be a device in a wireless network, for example, a network device can be a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network, and can be called a wireless access network.
  • RAN radio access network
  • a network access device may generally also be referred to as a base station.
  • RAN equipment are: new generation base station (generation Node B, gNodeB), transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), evolved node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, or home Node B , HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) access point (access point, AP), etc.
  • the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node.
  • one network device may include one or more cells.
  • the network device may also include a core network device, and the core network device includes, for example, an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) or a session management function (session management function, SMF) etc.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • SMF session management function
  • the network device may also be other devices that provide wireless communication functions for the terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.
  • the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system.
  • system and “network” in this application may be used interchangeably.
  • “At least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an “or” relationship.
  • “At least one of the following” or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example "at least one of A, B or C” includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC or ABC. And, unless otherwise specified, ordinal numerals such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects degree.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to represent examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design solution described as “exemplary” or “for example” in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present relevant concepts in a concrete manner for easy understanding.
  • Configuration means that the base station/server sends some parameter configuration information or parameter values to the terminal through messages or signaling, so that the terminal can determine communication parameters or transmission resources according to these values or information.
  • Pre-configuration is similar to configuration. It can be the parameter information or parameter value negotiated by the base station/server and the terminal device in advance, or it can be the parameter information or parameter value adopted by the base station/server or terminal device specified in the standard protocol, or it can be a pre-stored Parameter information or parameter values at the base station/server or terminal equipment. This application does not limit this.
  • system architecture of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described below. It can be understood that the system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system includes terminal equipment 101, next generation Node B (next Generation Node B, gNB) 102, next generation evolved Node B (next generation evolved Node B, ng-eNB) 103, access and mobility Management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) 104 and location management function (location management function, LMF) 105.
  • the LMF105 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions for terminal equipment in the NR core network.
  • the communication system further includes an enhanced serving mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC) 106 and a secure user plane location location platform (secure user plane location locaiton platform, SLP) 107.
  • E-SMLC106 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions in the 4G core network.
  • SLP107 is a network element, module or component used to process the user plane security positioning protocol in the 4G core network.
  • the terminal device 101 communicates with an access network device (such as gNB102 or ng-eNB103 in FIG. 1 ) through a Uu interface.
  • ng-eNB103 is an access network device in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system
  • gNB102 is an access network device in an NR communication system.
  • the access network devices communicate through the Xn interface, and the access network devices communicate with the AMF 104 through the NG-C interface.
  • the AMF104 and the LMF105 communicate through the NL1 interface, and the AMF104 is equivalent to a router for communicating between the access network equipment and the LMF105.
  • the LMF105 is used to calculate the location of the terminal equipment.
  • FIG. 1 only shows an example in which the communication system includes two access network devices, gNB and ng-eNB. However, in practical applications, the communication system may include at least one access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • LMF is the name in the current communication system.
  • the name of the LMF may change with the evolution of the communication system.
  • the functional network elements with other names having similar functions to the LMF can understand the LMF in the embodiment of the present application, and are applicable to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system applied in this application may also include a single or multiple network devices and a single or multiple terminal devices as shown in FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b.
  • a single network device may transmit data or control signaling to a single or multiple terminal devices.
  • multiple network devices may simultaneously transmit data or control signaling for a single terminal device.
  • the access network and terminal-assisted architecture can be used to realize the positioning process of the terminal device.
  • LMF core network location management function
  • the current Rel-16 positioning standardizes the SRS for positioning, and the multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) SRS of Rel-15 to support the following Positioning Technology:
  • Uplink time difference of arrival uplink time difference of arrival (uplink time difference of arrival, UL-TDOA) positioning technology: each cell measures the uplink relative time of arrival (uplink relative time of arrival, UL RTOA) of the SRS signal of the UE, and reports the measurement result to the LMF;
  • Uplink arrival of arrival (UL-AoA) positioning technology each cell measures the UL AoA of the SRS signal of the UE, and reports the measurement result to the LMF;
  • Multi-cell round trip time (Multi-RTT) positioning technology The UE measures the Rx–Tx time difference (Rx–Tx time difference) of each cell positioning reference signal (PRS), and reports the measurement results Report to the LMF; each cell measures the Rx–Tx time difference of the gNB for the SRS signal of the UE, and reports the measurement result to the LMF.
  • Rx–Tx time difference Rx–Tx time difference
  • PRS cell positioning reference signal
  • the terminal equipment in the above communication system can also be based on the radio resource control inactive (RRC_INACTIVE) state (or called INACTIVE state) This low-power state communicates.
  • the terminal device can also be in the radio resource control idle (RRC_IDLE) state (or called IDLE state), and the radio resource control connected (radio resource control connected, RRC_CONNECTED) (or called CONNECTED state) state to communicate.
  • the services supported by the RRC_IDLE state include at least one of the following:
  • -PLMN selection public land mobile network selection, PLMN selection
  • Cell re-selection mobility Cell re-selection mobility
  • -NAS configures core network paging discontinuous reception (DRX for CN paging configured by NAS).
  • the services supported by the RRC_INACTIVE state include at least one of the following:
  • RAN-based notification area is managed by NG-RAN) that supports next-generation access network management;
  • DRX for RAN paging configured by NG-RAN
  • the terminal establishes the connection between the control plane and the user plane between the 5GC-NG-RAN (5GC-NG-RAN connection (both C/U-planes) is established for UE);
  • the UE Inactive AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE in the terminal and the next-generation access network;
  • the next generation access network knows the access network notification area where the terminal is located (NG-RAN knows the RNA which the UE belongs to);
  • the services supported by the RRC_CONNECTED state include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal establishes the connection between the control plane and the user plane between the 5GC-NG-RAN (5GC-NG-RAN connection (both C/U-planes) is established for UE);
  • the UE AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE in the UE AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE;
  • the terminal supports sending SRS based on the above-mentioned "Transfer of unicast data to/from the UE" service in the RRC_CONNECTED state.
  • the SRS configuration in the corresponding target cell will be reconfigured by the target cell (or called the target cell, or called the handover cell, etc.), and the SRS configuration will be changed from the source cell (or called the pre-handover cell) via the handover command. cell) to the terminal.
  • the SRS configuration of the target cell starts to apply.
  • RRC_INACTIVE state In future communication systems (such as Rel-17), positioning in the RRC_INACTIVE state will be supported soon, including terminal equipment measuring PRS and sending SRS in RRC_INACTIVE state, and terminal equipment reporting positioning data to the base station/core network in RRC_INACTIVE state (such as PRS measurement result), to reduce terminal power consumption.
  • terminal equipment measuring PRS and sending SRS in RRC_INACTIVE state
  • terminal equipment reporting positioning data to the base station/core network in RRC_INACTIVE state such as PRS measurement result
  • cell reselection refers to a process in which a terminal device selects the best cell to provide service signals by monitoring the signal quality of neighboring cells and the current cell in RRC_IDLE state or RRC_INACTIVE state.
  • Cell reselection may include the following three processes:
  • System Information Block 1 System Information Block 1, SIB1
  • SIB1 System Information Block 1
  • access restriction for example, the operator may have some reserved cells or docking Enter a restricted cell
  • cell reselection priority two parameters need to be considered when measuring adjacent cells—cell reselection priority and signal quality of the cell currently camped on.
  • the process can be briefly described as: if the priority is higher than the current cell, no matter how good the quality of the current cell is, the measurement must be started unconditionally; Compared with the quality standard issued by the network, if it is better than this standard, the adjacent cell will not be measured; if it is worse than this standard, the adjacent cell will be measured.
  • the quality of the cell is judged and cell reselection is performed.
  • the relevant basis includes the signal quality of the serving cell, the signal quality of the neighboring cell, the reselection threshold issued by the network, and the cell access parameters.
  • the cell access parameters include whether the cell is barred, whether it is reserved (reserved, or access level, etc.).
  • the terminal device needs to receive the downlink reference signal from the network device in the low power consumption mode based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal (hereinafter referred to as the downlink reference signal) used for positioning. signal for time-frequency synchronization. After obtaining time-frequency synchronization, the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal for positioning (hereinafter referred to as the uplink reference signal) to the network device in the low power consumption mode, so that the network device measures the uplink reference signal to determine the position of the terminal device, and realizes positioning. The location of the end device.
  • the uplink reference signal an uplink reference signal for positioning
  • the terminal device being in the low power consumption mode may mean that the terminal device is in the RRC_INACTIVE state or the RRC_IDLE state.
  • the configuration information of the downlink reference signal in different cells may be different, and the terminal device may reselect a cell, so that the configuration information of the downlink reference signal needs to be updated.
  • the terminal device needs to be based on radio resource management (radio resource management, RRM) measurement determines the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides, and then receives the downlink reference signal based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides to obtain time-frequency synchronization.
  • radio resource management radio resource management
  • the terminal device needs to exit the low-power mode to obtain time-frequency synchronization based on RRM measurement, resulting in high power consumption of the terminal device and affecting user experience.
  • the terminal may determine a cell list based on configuration or pre-configuration, and the SRS configurations corresponding to one or more cells included in the cell list may be the same.
  • the terminal device moves in the one or more cells, the terminal device can continue to use the SRS configuration without requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration.
  • the problem with this implementation process is that after the terminal equipment receives the cell list associated with the SRS configuration, determining whether the SRS configuration is available is based on the premise that the terminal equipment continues to perform mobility measurement in the RRC_INACTIVE state. That is to say, the terminal device needs to continuously perform neighbor cell measurement, and continuously evaluate whether the current camping cell satisfies the cell reselection condition compared with the neighbor cell. After deciding to reselect a cell, it is also necessary to read the system information of the new camping cell. These actions have no additional purpose for positioning, but will increase the power consumption of the terminal.
  • the conventional INACTIVE state cell mobility measurement is based on SSB, and the corresponding terminal synchronization is also based on SSB. Since the time domain position of SSB is relatively fixed, and under the normal SSB cycle of 20 milliseconds (ms), the time between the terminal synchronizing SSB and sending SRS may exceed 15ms, and the terminal needs to maintain clock synchronization within 15ms, which means that the terminal cannot enter the sleep state , resulting in increased power consumption.
  • the present application provides a communication method and device, which are used to reduce power consumption of terminal equipment, increase battery life, and improve user experience.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application, and the method includes the following steps.
  • the network device sends first configuration information.
  • the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device in step S101, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device in step S101.
  • the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101 is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS); or, the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS).
  • channel state information reference signal channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS
  • TRS tracking reference signal
  • the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a special CSI-RS, which is mainly used to realize high-precision downlink time-frequency tracking.
  • step S101 the terminal device is in a CONNECTED state, and receives first configuration information from a network device.
  • the first configuration information is carried in system information; or, the first configuration information is carried in an RRCRelease message.
  • the first configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device in step S101 includes at least one of the following:
  • the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
  • each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • a downlink reference signal set may include one or more TRSs, where each TRS corresponds to a CSI-RS resource set (resource set).
  • the first configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device in step S101 includes at least one configuration information, and the at least one configuration information corresponds to the at least one downlink reference signal set;
  • each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the number of reference signals included in at least one downlink reference signal set may be one or n (n is an integer greater than 1).
  • the number of configuration information contained in the at least one downlink reference signal set is equal to
  • the number of reference signals included in the set may be the same (that is, the above-mentioned one-to-one correspondence implementation), or different (that is, the first configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets), so that the network device in step S101
  • the first configuration information sent to the terminal device may be implemented in the above multiple manners.
  • one downlink reference signal set when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
  • any downlink reference signal set in the n downlink reference signal sets includes one or more configurations The TRS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource set of the TRS.
  • the terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information.
  • step S102 the network device sends at least one downlink reference signal set to the terminal device based on the first configuration information sent in step S101.
  • the terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set from the network device based on the first configuration information received in step S101.
  • the terminal device receives part or all of at least one downlink reference signal set in step S102.
  • the network device that sends the first configuration information in step S101 and the network device that sends the at least one downlink reference signal set in step S102 may be the same network device or different network devices.
  • step S102 the terminal device is in the INACTIVE state or the IDLE state, and receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information.
  • the terminal device performs measurement based on at least one set of downlink reference signals to obtain a first measurement value.
  • the terminal device performs measurement based on at least one set of downlink reference signals received and obtained in step S102, to obtain the first measurement value.
  • the first measurement value includes at least one of reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP) and reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ).
  • RSRP reference signal received power
  • RSRQ reference signal received quality
  • the first measured value may specifically be RSPR, or the first measured value may specifically be RSPQ, or the first measured value may specifically be RSPR and RSPQ, or other implementation manners, which are not specifically described here. limited.
  • the terminal device determines to skip RRM measurement.
  • the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement in step S104.
  • step S104 when the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement, which can be expressed as that the terminal device skips the RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed to skip the RRM measurement.
  • the terminal device is not allowed to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is not allowed to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device determines that it does not need to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as, The terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device determines not to perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device does not perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed not to perform RRM measurement.
  • the method further includes that the terminal device receives the first threshold sent from the network device.
  • the first threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101.
  • the first threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
  • the first threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement in step S104 includes: the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to The determination of whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement is performed based on the measurement result of the SSB of the serving cell.
  • the first information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform different frequency or different radio access technology (radio access technology, RAT) priority and the SSB measurement result of the serving cell.
  • RAT radio access technology
  • the first information is preconfigured on the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the first information sent from the network device.
  • the terminal device may determine to skip the RRM measurement based on the first information.
  • the RRM measurement skipped by the terminal device based on the first information may specifically be: during the cell reselection process, the terminal device measures the current serving cell and neighboring cells (including cells of the same frequency, different frequency, and different RAT) process.
  • the RRM measurement that the terminal device determines to skip in step S104 may specifically include at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
  • the RRM measurement may be described as intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
  • the RRM measurement may be expressed as intra-frequency cell measurement.
  • the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device in step S101, at least one downlink reference signal set configured by the first configuration information is used for one or more cells.
  • the terminal device determines in step S103 that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that the terminal device can determine that the terminal device The residential cell of is located in the one or more cells.
  • the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides, so that the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement in step S104.
  • the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization without exiting the low power consumption mode to perform RRM measurement, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced and increased. Long battery life improves user experience.
  • step S104 when the first measurement value is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
  • the "first threshold” used to determine that the terminal device skips RRM measurement and the "first threshold” used to determine that the terminal device performs RRM measurement may be the same, It can also be different (for example, the "first threshold” for determining that the terminal device skips RRM measurement is greater than the "first threshold” for determining that the terminal device performs RRM measurement).
  • the terminal device determines to skip RRM measurement.
  • the terminal device when the first measurement value is equal to the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
  • At least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells.
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, so that the terminal device can determine that the terminal device The cell where the cell resides is located in other cells other than the one or more cells.
  • the terminal device may not be able to obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the terminal device needs to perform RRM measurement and obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides.
  • the terminal device determines whether the SRS is valid based on the first measurement value.
  • step S105 the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value obtained in step S103.
  • the terminal device may execute step S104 to determine whether to perform RRM measurement, and the terminal device executes step S105 to send an SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may perform step S104 to determine whether to perform RRM measurement without performing step S105.
  • the terminal device may perform step S105 to send the SRS instead of performing the process of determining whether to perform RRM measurement in step S104, so as to realize the positioning of the terminal device by the network device, which is not limited here.
  • step S105 the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value specifically includes: when the first measurement value is greater than a second threshold, the terminal device determines that the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid.
  • the terminal device can send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the network device can locate the terminal device based on the SRS; when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold The terminal device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, that is, the terminal device does not send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, and the terminal device requests the network device to update SRS configuration information to send the SRS.
  • step S105 the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device determines based on the first measurement value It can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to send the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first measurement value; it can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to suspend sending based on the first measurement value The SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • the method further includes that the terminal device receives the second threshold sent from the network device.
  • the second threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101.
  • the second threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
  • the second threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
  • the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set, wherein the downlink reference signal in at least one downlink reference signal set
  • the number of signal sets can be one or more. The following will describe various implementations of the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set according to the difference in the number of downlink references included in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure a set of downlink reference signals, in other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one set of downlink reference signals is 1.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives second configuration information from the network device, the second configuration information is used to configure the first SRS; the first SRS is associated with the at least one downlink reference signal set; When the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
  • the terminal device may also receive second configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the second configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines in step S105 that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • step S105 when the first measured value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
  • the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS and the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS may be the same may also be different (for example, the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS is greater than the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS).
  • the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid.
  • the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
  • the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure multiple downlink reference signal sets, in other words, the downlink reference signal contained in at least one downlink reference signal set
  • the quantity is multiple (namely n).
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information from the network device, the third configuration information is used to configure q SRSs associated with n downlink reference signal sets, where q is less than or equal to n: when the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device sends a target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is the first measurement value associated with n downlink reference signal sets among the q SRSs The SRS of the corresponding downlink reference signal set.
  • the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include multiple implementations, including:
  • q 1; or,
  • q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
  • each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the terminal device may also receive third configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the third configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines in step S105 that the target SRS is valid, so that the terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • step S105 when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS and the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS may be the same, It may also be different (for example, the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS is greater than the "second threshold” used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS).
  • the terminal device determines that the target SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid.
  • the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the target SRS is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information (or third configuration information) sent by the network device in step S101 are carried in the same message.
  • the first configuration information and the second configuration information (or third configuration information) sent by the network device in step S101 are carried in different messages.
  • the terminal device determines that the first SRS (or target SRS) corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid.
  • the terminal device when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS (or target SRS) based on the second configuration information.
  • the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the second threshold may be smaller than the first threshold.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is good, so that the terminal device does not need to perform RRM in step S104 and the terminal device can send in step S105
  • the at least one downlink reference signal sets the corresponding first SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is average, so that the terminal device performs RRM in step S104 and the terminal device can in step S105 Sending the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS.
  • the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, so that the terminal device performs RRM in step S104 so that the network device determines the cell to camp on, and needs to report to the network
  • the device requests to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
  • the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device in step S101, at least one downlink reference signal set configured by the first configuration information is used for one or more cells.
  • the terminal device may determine whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set.
  • step S105 when the terminal device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, the terminal device determines the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set Preferably, the terminal device can send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set without requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
  • the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set, where the number of downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set can be one or more indivual.
  • the terminal device may perform a measurement process in step S103 based on one or more sets of downlink reference signals.
  • the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
  • the number of at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information may be one.
  • the first configuration information may be configuration information corresponding to one independent CSI-RS resource, or configuration information corresponding to one CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS (for example, one CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS
  • the CSI-RS resource set can include 2 CSI-RS resources in the same time slot, or 4 CSI-RS resources in two adjacent time slots), or one or more configurations
  • the configuration information corresponding to the CSI resource configuration of the CSI-RS resource set of TRS (for example, one CSI resource configuration including one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS corresponds to the channel state information in the 38.331 standard document - resource
  • Implementation mode 1 will be described in detail below with reference to the implementation examples shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 .
  • the downlink reference signal contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1 TRS
  • the first measurement value is RSRP (correspondingly, the first threshold is the first RSPR threshold, and the second threshold is the first RSPR threshold.
  • Two RSPR thresholds are illustrated as an example.
  • the terminal device may enter a low power consumption standby mode (for example, INACTIVE state or IDLE state). Thereafter, the terminal device is in the low-power standby mode, corresponding to Figure 4 (the height of the bar graph shown in Figure 4 indicates the power consumption, that is, the higher the height, the higher the power consumption, and the lower the height, the lower the power consumption)
  • the terminal device In the deep sleep state shown, when the periodic SRS is about to be sent, the extremely low power internal clock provides rough timing to allow the terminal device to wake up in advance.
  • the terminal device completes power-on and software and program loading, opens the radio frequency channel and receives TRS in step S102 to complete time-frequency synchronization.
  • the terminal device can also obtain the RSRP by measuring the TRS in step S103, and use it in step S104 and step S105 to determine whether to skip the RRM reference and whether the SRS corresponding to the TRS is available. Specifically include:
  • the terminal device If the RSRP of the TRS is higher than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device does not need to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (that is, RRM measurement). frequency network, SFN) method to send TRS), the terminal device does not need to perceive the change of the serving cell caused by mobility.
  • IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement that is, RRM measurement.
  • SFN frequency network
  • the terminal device If the RSRP of the TRS is lower than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device starts to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (RRM measurement), including the same-frequency, different-frequency, and different-RAT neighboring cells configured by the terminal device based on the RRCRelease message or the SIB of the serving cell Configure the SSB or CSI-RS for measuring neighboring cells, and determine the cell to reside on based on the cell selection and cell reselection procedures in the IDLE or INACTIVE state determined by TS 38.304.
  • RRM measurement IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement
  • the terminal device may send the SRS corresponding to the TRS.
  • the terminal device cannot send the SRS corresponding to the TRS. If the terminal device still needs to send the SRS, it can initiate access to the cell where it resides, and request to update the SRS or request to use the SRS configuration to send the SRS.
  • the RSRP of the TRS here is generally CSI-RSRP, because the TRS is a special CSI-RS.
  • the CSI-RSRP can be the RSRP of layer 1 or the RSRP of layer 3.
  • the RSRP is obtained through direct measurement of the physical layer.
  • the filtering method satisfies the following methods:
  • F n is the output of the n-th filter
  • F n-1 is the output of the n-1 filter
  • M n is the RSRP value reported by the physical layer to layer 3 before the n-th filter.
  • F 0 M 1 , to ensure that the first filtering output is equal to the value reported by the physical layer.
  • the first RSRP threshold is higher than the second RSRP threshold, so the behavior of the terminal device is that the RSRP is higher than the first RSRP threshold, do not perform RRM, and use SRS; between the first RSRP threshold and the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, use SRS; below the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, cannot use SRS, need to access the network to request to update SRS or request to use SRS configuration to send SRS.
  • the terminal device After sending the SRS in step S105, the terminal device completes power-off after a time of power consumption ramp down, and returns to the standby mode with extremely low power consumption.
  • the terminal device needs to wake up (that is, ramp up) every time to complete time-frequency synchronization.
  • the TRS position is more flexible than the SSB position, it can be configured in the time slot where the SRS is located (or one or two time slots before the time slot where the SRS is located), as shown in Figure 5, the time slot where the time domain position of the SRS is sent is time Slot 3, the time domain location for receiving the TRS may be at least one of slot 1, slot 2, and slot 3. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4 , the TRS-based synchronization of the terminal device and the overall duration of the SRS transmission can be very short, for example, less than 1 ms, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced.
  • FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 A specific example of implementation mode 1 is described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 .
  • C1-C9 sends TRS1
  • C5-C9 sends TRS2
  • TRS1 is different from TRS2
  • C5 and C6 are located at the border and send TRS1 and TRS2 at the same time.
  • the sending mode of TRS1 may be SFN, that is, C1-C6 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS1.
  • the sending method of TRS2 is also SFN, that is, C5-C9 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS2.
  • the moving direction of the terminal is depicted by the dotted line in FIG. 6 .
  • the terminal may receive configuration information from the C1 cell, and the configuration information includes the configuration of TRS1 and the configuration of SRS1 corresponding to TRS1.
  • the terminal is surrounded by C1-C6, the RSRP of TRS1 is very high, higher than the first threshold, the terminal does not need to perform (or skip) RRM measurement (as shown by arrow 701 in Figure 7), and the corresponding The configuration of SRS1 can be used, so that the terminal can send SRS1 corresponding to the TRS (shown by arrow 704 in FIG. 7 ).
  • the terminal moves out of the encirclement of C1-C5, and the RSRP of TRS1 gradually decreases.
  • the terminal needs to start RRM measurement (as shown by the arrow in Figure 7 702), that is, based on the SIB configuration of C1, the same-frequency and different-frequency adjacent cell configuration measures the SSB or CSI-RS of the adjacent cell, and performs cell reselection based on the cell reselection criteria of the SIB configuration of C1; if the terminal is based on the cell To reside in a new cell selected by the reselection criteria, the terminal needs to measure the SSB or CSI-RS of the adjacent cell based on the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell configurations based on the SIB configuration of the new cell to reside on, and to measure the SSB or CSI-RS based on the SIB of the new cell to reside on The configured cell reselection criteria further perform
  • the terminal determines that the configuration of SRS1 corresponding to TRS1 also includes a list of cells applicable to SRS, the terminal also needs to determine whether the cell currently camped on is in the list of cells applicable to SRS. If it is not in the SRS resource, it cannot be used.
  • the terminal can initiate an access request to the cell where it resides to update the SRS or request to continue using the SRS configuration.
  • the terminal device obtains configuration information from any cell from C6 to C9, and the configuration information includes the configuration of TRS2 and the configuration of SRS2 corresponding to TRS2.
  • the terminal device may receive TRS2 and skip RRM measurement (as shown by arrow 703 in FIG. 7 ).
  • the terminal may also send an SRS corresponding to TRS2 (as shown by arrow 705 in FIG. 7 ).
  • the SRS is already unusable. Since it takes time for RRM measurement to determine a suitable cell to camp on, during this period, the terminal cannot send SRS. It will affect the transmission of SRS to a certain extent, and then affect the positioning performance.
  • the terminal SRS when the terminal SRS cannot be used, it does not need to start RRM measurement for cell reselection. At this time, the terminal can decide whether to ignore the first RSRP for RRM/cell reselection. That is, the first RSRP threshold is not applicable.
  • the terminal sends SRS (including SRS1 or SRS2), follows the downlink timing obtained by TRS (including TRS1 or TRS2), the timing advance (time advance, TA) of serving cell configuration/update, and The transmission power of the SRS is determined based on the configured path loss reference signal.
  • the terminal starts RRM based on the RSRP of the TRS and judges whether the SRS is available, which can reduce unnecessary RRM measurements and reduce terminal power consumption.
  • the RSRP of the TRS is lower than a certain value, the RRM measurement starts, which can ensure that the terminal can quickly access the cell when the SRS is unavailable.
  • the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is n, where n is an integer greater than 1.
  • the number of at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information may be n.
  • the first configuration information may be configuration information corresponding to n independent CSI-RS resources, or configuration information corresponding to n CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS (for example, each configured as TRS).
  • the CSI-RS resource set can include 2 CSI-RS resources in the same time slot, or 4 CSI-RS resources in two adjacent time slots), or n can include one or more
  • the configuration information corresponding to the CSI resource configuration of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS (for example, each CSI resource configuration including one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS corresponds to the CSI-ResourceConfig IE in the 38.331 standard document described implementation).
  • the measurement result corresponding to a certain downlink reference signal set may be implemented in multiple manners.
  • the measurement result corresponding to the downlink reference signal set is the measurement result of the one downlink reference signal.
  • the measurement result corresponding to the downlink reference signal set is the maximum value (or average value, or the average of partial measurements above a certain threshold, etc.).
  • the SRSs corresponding to any two downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets may be the same or different , without limitation here.
  • At least one set of downlink reference signals is used for one or more cells, and when the terminal device resides in the one or more cells, the terminal device may base on one or more downlink reference signal sets contained in the at least one set of downlink reference signals
  • the set of reference signals realizes time-frequency synchronization.
  • the multiple downlink reference signal sets delivered by the multiple cells may be the same or different.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals contained in the secondary reference signal set is n-1; the terminal device in step S103 based on the at least one downlink
  • the process of measuring the reference signal set to obtain the first measurement value may specifically include: the terminal device measures the primary reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value; the terminal device determines the first measurement value based on the second measurement value .
  • the number of reference signals included in the primary reference signal set is 1 or p (p is an integer greater than 1).
  • the terminal device may preferentially measure any one downlink reference signal set (for example, the primary reference signal set) in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the n downlink reference signal sets include one primary reference signal set and one or more secondary reference signal sets.
  • the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, so as to obtain the second measurement value, and then based on the second measurement value, the terminal device The first measured value is determined.
  • the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the primary cell where the network device sending the first configuration information is located.
  • the primary reference signal set may also be applied to neighboring cells of the primary cell.
  • the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the serving cell of the terminal device in the connected state last time before the terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; optionally, The primary reference signal set is also applied to neighboring cells of the serving cell, or the primary reference signal set is also applied to coordinated cells of the serving cell.
  • the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes: when the second measurement value is greater than a third threshold, the terminal device determines the second measurement value is the first measurement value; the terminal device determines to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
  • the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal device will The second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is determined as the first measurement value.
  • the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in one or more cells corresponding to the primary reference signal set. Thereafter, the terminal device does not need to measure other reference signals (ie, secondary reference signal sets) in the n downlink reference signal sets except the primary reference signal set, which can further save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • other reference signals ie, secondary reference signal sets
  • the process for the terminal device to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value specifically includes: when the second measurement value is less than the third threshold, the terminal The device measures the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, where p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1; the terminal device The first measured value is determined based on the second measured value and the third measured value.
  • the terminal device measures the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device measures one or more reference signals included in the secondary reference signal set to obtain the first Three measurements.
  • the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device The first measurement value is determined based on the second measurement value and a third measurement value corresponding to the (at least one) secondary reference signal set. So that when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device may determine the first measurement value based on the third measurement value corresponding to the secondary reference signal set, and when the third measurement value is smaller than the third threshold In a large case, it is possible to make the terminal device skip RRM measurement, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the process of determining the first measured value by the terminal device based on the second measured value and the third measured value may have multiple implementation manners, which will be described in detail below,
  • the process for the terminal device to determine the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value includes: the terminal device determines a measured value greater than a third threshold among the third measured values as the first measured value; the terminal The device updates the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measurement value greater than the third threshold in the third measurement value to the primary reference signal set.
  • the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device will A third measurement value corresponding to a secondary reference signal set corresponding to a measurement value greater than a third threshold in the secondary reference signal set is determined as the first measurement value.
  • the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in the secondary reference signal set corresponding to one or more cells. Thereafter, the terminal device updates the first reference signal to the primary reference signal set, so as to implement a low power consumption positioning process based on the updated primary reference signal set.
  • the method further includes that the terminal device receives a third threshold sent from the network device.
  • the third threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101.
  • the third threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
  • the third threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
  • the process for the terminal device to determine the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
  • the terminal device determines that the first measurement value is a maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer smaller than n.
  • the fourth threshold is smaller than the third threshold.
  • the fourth threshold is greater than the third threshold.
  • the fourth threshold is equal to the third threshold.
  • the method further includes that the terminal device receives a fourth threshold sent from the network device.
  • the fourth threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101.
  • the fourth threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
  • the fourth threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set, the first measurement value is a second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set, and the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than a third threshold; or,
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is the maximum value among the n first measurement values; or,
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is an average value of the n first measurement values; or,
  • Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m first measured values, the m first measured values are all greater than the third threshold, and the first measured value is an average value of the m first measured values, wherein , m is an integer less than n; or,
  • Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to k first measurement values, and the first measurement value is a maximum value among the k first measurement values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
  • the terminal device when the terminal device is measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device can determine the first measurement value in step S103 in the above-mentioned various ways, so as to improve the flexibility of the implementation of the solution.
  • the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the third threshold may be greater than the first threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform measurement of at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain time-frequency synchronization without performing RRM measurement.
  • the third threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold.
  • the third threshold is greater than the second threshold.
  • the second threshold may be greater than the third threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform the measurement of at least one downlink reference signal set to send the SRS without performing the process of requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information.
  • Implementation mode 2 will be described in detail below with reference to the implementation examples shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 .
  • the downlink reference signal contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 2 TRS
  • the first measurement value is RSRP (correspondingly, the first threshold is the first RSPR threshold, and the second threshold is the first RSPR threshold.
  • Two RSPR thresholds are illustrated as an example.
  • the terminal device may enter a low power consumption standby mode (for example, INACTIVE state or IDLE state). Thereafter, the terminal device is in the low-power standby mode, corresponding to Figure 4 (the height of the bar graph shown in Figure 4 indicates the power consumption, that is, the higher the height, the higher the power consumption, and the lower the height, the lower the power consumption)
  • the terminal device In the deep sleep state shown, when the periodic SRS is about to be sent, the extremely low power internal clock provides rough timing to allow the terminal device to wake up in advance.
  • the terminal device completes power-on and software and program loading, opens the radio frequency channel and receives TRS in step S102 to complete time-frequency synchronization.
  • the terminal device can also obtain the RSRP by measuring the TRS in step S103, and use it in step S104 and step S105 to determine whether to skip the RRM reference and whether the SRS corresponding to the TRS is available. Specifically include:
  • the terminal measures the RSRP of the primary TRS.
  • the terminal does not need to measure other TRSs; when the RSRP of the primary TRS is lower than the third RSRP threshold, the terminal needs to measure other TRSs.
  • the terminal detects that the RSRP of a non-primary TRS is higher than the third RSRP threshold, the terminal updates the TRS as the primary TRS, that is, no other TRS needs to be measured.
  • the present invention does not limit how the terminal measures other TRSs.
  • the general method can be as follows: the terminal measures the first N sets of multiple TRS terminals preferentially according to the order of multiple sets of TRS configurations, where N is the maximum number of TRS sets supported by the terminal; or the terminal measures the first M sets of When the measurement confirms that the RSRPs are all lower than the third RSRP threshold, the current M+1th set is measured first.
  • the TRS RSRP hereinafter refers to the maximum value of RSRPs of all TRSs measured by the terminal or the average value of all RSRPs higher than a certain RSRP preset value.
  • the maximum value of the RSRP of the TRS is the RSRP of the main TRS; when the terminal measures the main TRS and several other TRS, the RSRP of the TRS is the maximum value of the RSRP including the main TRS and other TRS or The average value of RSRP above a certain RSRP threshold.
  • the terminal device If the RSRP of the TRS is higher than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device does not need to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (that is, RRM measurement). frequency network, SFN) method to send TRS), the terminal device does not need to perceive the change of the serving cell caused by mobility.
  • IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement that is, RRM measurement.
  • SFN frequency network
  • the terminal device If the RSRP of the TRS is lower than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device starts to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (RRM measurement), including the same-frequency, different-frequency, and different-RAT neighboring cells configured by the terminal device based on the RRCRelease message or the SIB of the serving cell Configure the SSB or CSI-RS for measuring neighboring cells, and determine the cell to reside on based on the cell selection and cell reselection procedures in the IDLE or INACTIVE state determined by TS 38.304.
  • RRM measurement IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement
  • the terminal can continue to use the TRS associated with the TRS with the highest RSRP among the TRSs corresponding to the RSRP of the determined TRS, and the SRS configuration associated with any one of the multiple TRSs corresponding to the average RSRP to send SRS.
  • the terminal cannot continue to use any SRS configuration to send SRS. If the terminal still needs to send SRS, it can initiate access to the cell where it resides, request to update SRS or request to use SRS configuration to send SRS.
  • the RSRP of the TRS here is generally CSI-RSRP, because the TRS is a special CSI-RS.
  • the CSI-RSRP can be the RSRP of layer 1 or the RSRP of layer 3.
  • the RSRP is obtained through direct measurement of the physical layer.
  • the filtering method satisfies the following methods:
  • F n is the output of the n-th filter
  • F n-1 is the output of the n-1 filter
  • M n is the RSRP value reported by the physical layer to layer 3 before the n-th filter.
  • F 0 M 1 , to ensure that the first filtering output is equal to the value reported by the physical layer.
  • the first RSRP threshold is higher than the second RSRP threshold, so the behavior of the terminal device is that the RSRP is higher than the first RSRP threshold, do not perform RRM, and use SRS; between the first RSRP threshold and the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, use SRS; below the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, cannot use SRS, need to access the network to request to update SRS or request to use SRS configuration to send SRS.
  • the terminal device After sending the SRS in step S105, the terminal device completes power-off after a time of power consumption ramp down, and returns to the standby mode with extremely low power consumption.
  • the terminal device needs to wake up (that is, ramp up) every time to complete time-frequency synchronization.
  • the TRS position is more flexible than the SSB position, it can be configured in the time slot where the SRS is located (or one or two time slots before the time slot where the SRS is located), as shown in Figure 5, the time slot where the time domain position of the SRS is sent is time Slot 3, the time domain location for receiving the TRS may be at least one of slot 1, slot 2, and slot 3. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4 , the TRS-based synchronization of the terminal device and the overall duration of the SRS transmission can be very short, for example, less than 1 ms, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced.
  • FIG. 6 and FIG. 8 A specific example of the second implementation is described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 8 .
  • C1-C9 sends TRS1
  • C5-C9 sends TRS2
  • TRS1 is different from TRS2
  • C5 and C6 are located at the border and send TRS1 and TRS2 at the same time.
  • the sending mode of TRS1 may be SFN, that is, C1-C6 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS1.
  • the sending method of TRS2 is also SFN, that is, C5-C9 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS2.
  • the moving direction of the terminal is depicted by the dotted line in FIG. 6 .
  • the terminal may receive the configuration of TRS1 and SRS1 and the configuration of TRS2 and SRS2 from the C1 cell. That is, the terminal receives the configuration of TRS1 and TRS2, and the configuration of SRS1 and SRS2, wherein TRS1 is associated with SRS1, and TRS2 is associated with SRS2.
  • TRS1 is the main TRS.
  • the terminal receives TRS1 surrounded by C1-C6 (as shown by arrow 801 in Figure 8), the RSRP of TRS1 is very high, higher than the first threshold and the third threshold, the terminal does not need to perform RRM, nor does it need to measure TRS2 , and the SRS1 configuration can be used at the same time (as shown by arrow 802 in FIG. 8 ).
  • the terminal moves out of the encirclement of C1-C5, and the RSRP of TRS1 gradually decreases.
  • the terminal needs to start measuring TRS1 and TRS2 (As shown by arrow 802 in Figure 8), at this time, the TRS RSRP (based on TRS1 or TRS2 or the average of both) is higher than the first and second thresholds, the terminal does not need to do RRM, and the configuration of SRS1 can be used (as shown in Figure 8 shown by arrow 804).
  • the terminal can use SRS1 (as shown by arrow 804 in FIG. 8 ); otherwise, it can use SRS2 (as shown by arrow 805 in FIG. 8 ).
  • the terminal can continue to measure TRS1+TRS2 at the same time (as shown by arrow 802 in Figure 8 ), or set TRS2 as the main TRS, and no longer measure TRS1 (as shown by arrow 803 in FIG. 8 ).
  • the terminal uses SRS2 (shown by arrow 805 in FIG. 8 ), and does not need to perform RRM.
  • the third RSRP threshold is higher than the first RSRP threshold and higher than the second RSRP threshold, so that the terminal tries to perform TRS measurement (and synchronization) without entering RRM.
  • the terminal needs to start other TRS measurement and RRM measurement at the same time, and the power consumption of the terminal will increase.
  • the terminal needs to start RRM before measuring other TRSs. At this time, the terminal can decide whether to ignore the third RSRP threshold and perform other TRS measurements. Three RSRP thresholds do not apply.
  • the terminal when the RSRP of the TRS (calculated based on the RSRP of multiple measured TRSs) is lower than the first threshold, the terminal starts to perform RRM, so that the RSRP of the terminal in TRS1/2 drops to the lowest At the second threshold, a part of measurements has been accumulated and a suitable cell is determined to reside in, so that an access request can be quickly initiated to the network side.
  • the SRS is already unusable. Since it takes time for RRM measurement to determine a suitable cell to camp on, during this period, the terminal cannot send SRS. It will affect the transmission of SRS to a certain extent, and then affect the positioning performance.
  • the terminal SRS when the terminal SRS cannot be used, it does not need to start RRM measurement for cell reselection. At this time, the terminal can decide whether to ignore the first RSRP for RRM/cell reselection. That is, the first RSRP threshold is not applicable.
  • the terminal sends SRS (including SRS1 or SRS2), follows the downlink timing acquired by TRS (including TRS1 or TRS2), the timing advance (time advance, TA) of serving cell configuration/update, and The transmission power of the SRS is determined based on the configured path loss reference signal.
  • the terminal uses multiple sets of TRS, one of which is the main TRS, so as to avoid frequent activation of RRM and try to perform TRS-based measurement.
  • the terminal may preferentially only perform the measurement of the main TRS, so as to reduce the measurement overhead.
  • the terminal starts RRM based on the RSRP of the TRS and judges whether the SRS is available, which can reduce unnecessary RRM measurements and reduce terminal power consumption.
  • the RSRP of the TRS is lower than a certain value, the RRM measurement starts, which can ensure that the terminal can quickly access the cell when the SRS is unavailable.
  • the communication device 900 includes a processing unit 901 and a transceiver unit 902 .
  • the transceiving unit 902 is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set;
  • the transceiving unit 902 is further configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to determine to skip radio resource management RRM measurement.
  • the transceiving unit 902 is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first set of downlink reference signals;
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; the terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value;
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine whether the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set.
  • the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
  • the transceiving unit 902 is further configured to receive second configuration information of sounding reference signals from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure a first SRS; the first SRS is associated with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
  • the transceiving unit 902 is further configured to send the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to stop sending the first SRS.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1. In other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is multiple (that is, n).
  • the transceiving unit 902 is further configured to receive third configuration information from the network device, where the third configuration information is used to configure q SRSs associated with n downlink reference signal sets, wherein, q is less than or equal to n; when the first measured value is greater than the second threshold, the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send a target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is associated with n downlink reference signals among the q SRSs The SRS of the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the set.
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  • the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include various implementation manners, including:
  • q 1; or,
  • q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
  • each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  • the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold.
  • the processing unit 901 is further configured to perform the RRM measurement.
  • the first configuration information is carried in system information; or,
  • the first configuration information is carried in a radio resource control release RRCRelease message.
  • the downlink reference signal contained in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; or,
  • the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is the tracking reference signal TRS.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set.
  • the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is n, where n is an integer greater than 1.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals included in the secondary reference signal set is n-1;
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, and obtaining the first measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to measure the main reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value.
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the second measured value as the first measured value
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to measure the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1;
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes:
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine, among the third measured values, a measured value greater than the third threshold as the first measured value;
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to update the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measurement value greater than the third threshold in the third measurement value to the primary reference signal set.
  • the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value, including:
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values in the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
  • the processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer less than n.
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is the maximum value among the n measured values; or,
  • the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is an average value of the n measured values; or,
  • the partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m measured values, the m measured values are all greater than the fourth threshold, and the first measured value is the average value of the m measured values, where m is less than n integer; or,
  • the partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to k measured values, and the first measured value is a maximum value among the k measured values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
  • the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first measurement value includes at least one of a reference signal received power RSRP and a reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  • the first measured value is RSRP.
  • the processing unit is used to determine to skip the RRM measurement includes:
  • the processing unit is configured to determine to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement based on the measurement result of the synchronization signal block SSB of the serving cell.
  • the first information is also used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on the priority of inter-frequency or inter-RAT RAT and the SSB measurement result of the serving cell.
  • the RRM measurement includes at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
  • the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first configuration information includes at least one piece of configuration information, and the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
  • each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
  • the communication device 900 can also be used to execute the implementation process corresponding to any one of the foregoing method embodiments, and achieve corresponding beneficial effects.
  • the communication device 900 can also be used to execute the implementation process corresponding to any one of the foregoing method embodiments, and achieve corresponding beneficial effects.
  • the communication device may specifically be the terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment, where a possible logical structure of the communication device 1000 Schematically, the communication device 1000 may include but not limited to at least one processor 1001 and a communication port 1002 . Further optionally, the device may further include at least one of a memory 1003 and a bus 1004. In the embodiment of the present application, the at least one processor 1001 is configured to control and process actions of the communication device 1000.
  • the processor 1001 may be a central processing unit, a general processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination that realizes computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the communication device shown in FIG. 10 can be specifically used to implement other steps implemented by the terminal device in the foregoing corresponding method embodiments, and realize the corresponding technical effects of the terminal device.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device shown in FIG. 10 is as follows: Reference can be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor executes the method described in the corresponding implementation manner of the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments. method.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions.
  • the processor When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the processor performs the implementation described in the corresponding implementation manner of the network device in the foregoing embodiments. method.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product (or computer program) storing one or more computers.
  • the processor executes the method described in the corresponding implementation manner of the terminal device above. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product storing one or more computers.
  • the processor executes the method described in the corresponding implementation manner of the network device above.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a system-on-a-chip, where the system-on-a-chip includes at least one processor, configured to support a terminal device in implementing the functions involved in the implementation manners corresponding to the foregoing terminal device.
  • the chip system further includes an interface circuit, and the interface circuit provides program instructions and/or data for the at least one processor.
  • the system-on-a-chip may further include a memory, and the memory is used for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a system-on-a-chip, including at least one processor, configured to support a network device to implement the functions involved in the implementation manner corresponding to the above-mentioned network device.
  • the chip system further includes an interface circuit, and the interface circuit provides program instructions and/or data for the at least one processor.
  • the chip system may further include a memory, and the memory is used for storing necessary program instructions and data of the network device.
  • the system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, where the network system architecture includes the terminal device and the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
  • the disclosed system, device and method can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units. If the integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or part of the contribution to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .

Abstract

The present application provides a communication method and apparatus, used for reducing the power consumption of a terminal device, increasing endurance time, and improving user experience. In the method, the terminal device receives first configuration information from a network device, the first configuration information being used for configuring at least one downlink reference signal set; the terminal device receives, on the basis of the first configuration information, the at least one downlink reference signal set; the terminal device performs measurement on the basis of the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value; and when the first measurement value is greater than a first threshold value, the terminal device determines to skip RRM measurement.

Description

一种通信方法及通信装置A communication method and communication device
本申请要求于2021年09月27日提交中国国家知识产权局,申请号为202111136894.3,发明名称为“一种通信方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on September 27, 2021, with the application number 202111136894.3, and the title of the invention is "a communication method and communication device", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及无线技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及通信装置。The present application relates to the field of wireless technologies, and in particular to a communication method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
随着定位技术的发展,为了降低终端设备在定位过程的功耗开销,提升终端设备的续航时间,低功耗定位的实现成为当前研究的热点话题。在一些可能的实现中,终端设备可以通过在低功耗模式下进行定位,以实现低功耗定位。With the development of positioning technology, in order to reduce the power consumption of terminal equipment during the positioning process and improve the battery life of terminal equipment, the realization of low power consumption positioning has become a hot topic of current research. In some possible implementations, the terminal device can perform positioning in a low power consumption mode to achieve low power consumption positioning.
目前,在低功耗定位的实现过程中,终端设备需要基于用于定位的下行参考信号(以下简称下行参考信号)的配置信息,在低功耗模式下接收来自网络设备的下行参考信号以获得时频同步。在获得时频同步之后,终端设备在低功耗模式下向网络设备发送用于定位的上行参考信号(以下简称上行参考信号),使得网络设备测量上行参考信号以确定终端设备的位置,实现对终端设备的定位。At present, in the process of realizing low-power positioning, the terminal device needs to receive the downlink reference signal from the network device in the low-power mode based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal (hereinafter referred to as the downlink reference signal) used for positioning to obtain Time-frequency synchronization. After obtaining time-frequency synchronization, the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal for positioning (hereinafter referred to as the uplink reference signal) to the network device in the low power consumption mode, so that the network device measures the uplink reference signal to determine the position of the terminal device, and realizes positioning. The location of the end device.
一般地,不同小区的下行参考信号的配置信息可能是不同的,终端设备有可能发生小区重选而导致下行参考信号的配置信息需要更新。为了避免终端设备接收的下行参考信号的信号质量较差而导致获得时频同步失败,终端设备在基于下行参考信号的配置信息接收下行参考信号之前,终端设备需要基于无线资源管理(radio resource management,RRM)测量确定出驻留小区的下行参考信号的配置信息,再基于驻留小区的下行参考信号的配置信息接收下行参考信号以获得时频同步。Generally, the configuration information of the downlink reference signal in different cells may be different, and the terminal device may reselect a cell, so that the configuration information of the downlink reference signal needs to be updated. In order to avoid the failure of obtaining time-frequency synchronization due to the poor signal quality of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device, before the terminal device receives the downlink reference signal based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal, the terminal device needs to be based on radio resource management (radio resource management, RRM) measurement determines the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides, and then receives the downlink reference signal based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides to obtain time-frequency synchronization.
然而,在上述低功耗定位的实现过程中,终端设备需要退出低功耗模式才可以基于RRM测量获得时频同步,导致终端设备的功耗较大,影响用户体验。However, in the implementation process of the above-mentioned low-power positioning, the terminal device needs to exit the low-power mode to obtain time-frequency synchronization based on RRM measurement, resulting in high power consumption of the terminal device and affecting user experience.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种通信方法及装置,用于使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。The present application provides a communication method and device, which are used to reduce power consumption of terminal equipment, increase battery life, and improve user experience.
本申请第一方面提供了一种通信方法,该方法由终端设备执行,或者,该方法由终端设备中的部分组件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行,或者该方法还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。在第一方面及其可能的实现方式中,以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行描述。在该方法中,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置至少一个下行参考信号集合;该终端设备基于该第一配置信息接收该至少一个下行参考信号集合;该终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值;在该第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备确定跳过RRM测量。The first aspect of the present application provides a communication method, the method is executed by a terminal device, or the method is executed by some components in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the method can also be executed by A logic module or software implementation that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal equipment. In the first aspect and possible implementation manners thereof, description is made by taking the method executed by a terminal device as an example. In this method, the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set; the terminal device receives the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; The terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one set of downlink reference signals to obtain a first measurement value; when the first measurement value is greater than a first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip RRM measurement.
需要说明的是,终端设备确定跳过RRM测量,可以表述为,终端设备跳过RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备被允许跳过RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备被允许无需执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备被允许不执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备确定无需执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备无需执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备确定不执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备不执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,允许该终端设备不执行RRM测量。It should be noted that the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement, which can be expressed as that the terminal device skips the RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed to skip the RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed to skip the RRM measurement. measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed not to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device determines that it does not Perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device does not perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed not to perform RRM measurement.
可选的,发送该第一配置信息的网络设备与发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合的网络设备可以是同一个网络设备,也可以是不同的网络设备。Optionally, the network device sending the first configuration information and the network device sending the at least one downlink reference signal set may be the same network device, or may be different network devices.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息中,该第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区。其中,在该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较优,使得终端设备可以确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该一个或多个小区中。换言之,终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合可以在驻留小区中获得时频同步,使得该终端设备确定跳过RRM测量。从而,在至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值大于第一阈值时,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行RRM测量即可获得时频同步,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Based on the above technical solution, in the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device, at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells. Wherein, when the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that the terminal device can determine the camping of the terminal device A cell is located within the one or more cells. In other words, based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides, so that the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement. Therefore, when the first measurement value corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is greater than the first threshold, since the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization without exiting the low power consumption mode to perform RRM measurement, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced and increased. Long battery life improves user experience.
本申请第二方面提供了一种通信方法,该方法由终端设备执行,或者,该方法由终端设备中的部分组件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行,或者该方法还可以由能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件实现。在第二方面及其可能的实现方式中,以该方法由终端设备执行为例进行描述。在该方法中,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第一下行参考信号集合;该终端设备基于该第一配置信息接收该至少一个下行参考信号集合;该终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值;该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效。The second aspect of the present application provides a communication method, the method is executed by a terminal device, or the method is executed by some components in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the method can also be executed by A logic module or software implementation that can realize all or part of the functions of the terminal equipment. In the second aspect and possible implementation manners thereof, description is made by taking the method executed by a terminal device as an example. In this method, the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first downlink reference signal set; the terminal device receives the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information The terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value; the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value.
需要说明的是,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效具体可以包括:在第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效,即终端设备可以发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS,使得网络设备基于该SRS实现对终端设备的定位;在第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS无效,即终端设备不发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS,该终端设备向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息(例如,SRS配置信息可以包括下述实施方式中的第二配置信息或第三配置信息)以发送SRS。It should be noted that, the terminal device determining whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value may specifically include: when the first measurement value is greater than a second threshold, the terminal device determines the at least one downlink reference signal set Whether the SRS corresponding to the signal set is valid, that is, the terminal device can send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the network device can locate the terminal device based on the SRS; when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal The device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, that is, the terminal device does not send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, and the terminal device requests the network device to update SRS configuration information (for example, the SRS configuration information may include the following The second configuration information or the third configuration information in the foregoing implementation manner) to send the SRS.
此外,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效,可以表述为,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否可用;还可以表述为,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定是否发送至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS;还可以表述为,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定是否中止发送至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS。In addition, the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is available based on the first measurement value; It can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to send the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first measurement value; it can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to stop sending the at least one downlink reference signal based on the first measurement value Set the corresponding SRS.
可选的,发送该第一配置信息的网络设备与发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合的网络设备可以是同一个网络设备,也可以是不同的网络设备。Optionally, the network device sending the first configuration information and the network device sending the at least one downlink reference signal set may be the same network device, or may be different network devices.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息中,该第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区。其中,该终端设备可以基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效。其中,在终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS有效时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较优,使得该终端设备可以无需向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息,即可发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS。从而,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息即可发送SRS实现低功耗定位,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Based on the above technical solution, in the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device, at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells. Wherein, the terminal device may determine whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set. Wherein, when the terminal device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that The terminal device may send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set without requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括1个下行参考信号集合。换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set. In other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1的情况下,在下行参考信号为TRS时,一个下行参考信号集合包括一个或多个配置成TRS的CSI-RS资源集所对应的TRS。Optionally, when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置关联于该至少一个下行参考信号集合的第一探测参考信号SRS;在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该终端设备基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving second configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the A first sounding reference signal SRS of a downlink reference signal set; when the first measurement value is greater than a second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS有效。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备还可以接收来自网络设备的第二配置信息,其中,终端设备基于该第二配置信息所发送的SRS可以用于网络设备对该终端设备进行定位。在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS有效,使得该终端设备基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS。从而,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息即可发送SRS实现低功耗定位,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device may also receive second configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the second configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device. When the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该终端设备中止发送该第一SRS。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
需要说明的是,在本实施例及后续实施例中,用于确定终端设备发送第一SRS的“第二阈值”和用于确定终端设备中止发送第一SRS的“第二阈值”可以是相同的,也可以是不同的(例如用于确定终端设备发送第一SRS的“第二阈值”大于用于确定终端设备中止发送第一SRS的“第二阈值”)。It should be noted that, in this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS and the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS may be the same may also be different (for example, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS is greater than the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS).
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS无效。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备中止发送该第一SRS。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
基于上述技术方案,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS无效,使得该终端设备中止发送该第一SRS。换言之,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,该终端设备需要向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息以发送SRS。Based on the above technical solution, when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS. In other words, when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括n个下行参考信号集合,其中,n为大于1的整数。换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为多个(即n个)。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1. In other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is multiple (that is, n).
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的第三配置信息,该第三配置信息用于配置关联于n个下行参考信号集合的q个SRS,其中,q小于等于n;在第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该终端设备基于该第三配置信息发送目标SRS,其中,该目标SRS为q个SRS中关联于n个下行参考信号集合中该第一测量值对应的下行参考信号集合的SRS。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information from the network device, the third configuration information is used to configure the q SRSs of the downlink reference signal set, where q is less than or equal to n; when the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is one of the q SRSs Associated with the SRS of the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the n downlink reference signal sets.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该目标SRS有效。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the target SRS is valid.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备基于该第三配置信息发送该目标SRS。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备还可以接收来自网络设备的第三配置信息,其中,终端设备基于该第三配置信息所发送的SRS可以用于网络设备对该终端设备进行定位。在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该q个SRS中关联于n个下行参考信号集合中该第一测量值对应的下行参考信号集合的SRS(即目标SRS)有效,使得该终端设备基于该第三配置信息发送该目标SRS。从而,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行向网络设备请求更新第三配置信息即可发送SRS实现低功耗定位,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device may also receive third configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the third configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device. When the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the SRS (i.e., the target SRS) associated with the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the n downlink reference signal sets among the q SRSs is valid, so that The terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the third configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
需要说明的是,在本实施例及后续实施例中,用于确定终端设备发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”和用于确定终端设备中止发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”可以是相同的,也可以是不同的(例如用于确定终端设备发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”大于用于确定终端设备中止发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”)。It should be noted that, in this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS and the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS may be the same, It may also be different (for example, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS is greater than the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS).
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该目标SRS无效。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the target SRS is invalid.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
基于上述技术方案,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该目标SRS无效,使得该终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。换言之,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,该终端设备需要向网络设备请求更新第三配置信息以发送SRS。Based on the above technical solution, when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the target SRS is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS. In other words, when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update the third configuration information to send the SRS.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第三配置信息所配置的SRS的数量q可以包括多种实现方式,包括:In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include various implementation manners, including:
q为1;或,q is 1; or,
q等于n,其中,q个SRS与n个下行参考信号集合一一对应;或,q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
q大于1且q小于n,其中,q个SRS所包含的每一个SRS对应于n个下行参考信号集合中的一个或多个下行参考信号集合。q is greater than 1 and q is less than n, where each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第二阈值小于该第一阈值。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold.
基于上述技术方案,该第二阈值可以小于该第一阈值。其中,在第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较好,使得终端设备无需执行RRM且可以发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS,以使得网络设备基于该第一SRS对该终端设备进行定位。在第一测量值小于第一阈值且大于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量一般,使得终端设备执行RRM且可以发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS,以使得网络设备基于该第一SRS对该终端设备进行定位。在第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,使得终端设备执行RRM以使得网络设备确定驻留小区,并且需要向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息(例如,SRS配置信息可以包括上述实施方式中的第二配置信息或第三配置信息)以发送SRS。Based on the above technical solution, the second threshold may be smaller than the first threshold. Wherein, when the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is good, so that the terminal device does not need to perform RRM and can send the first SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS. When the first measurement value is less than the first threshold and greater than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one set of downlink reference signals is average, so that the terminal device performs RRM and can send the first set of downlink reference signals corresponding to the at least one set of downlink reference signals An SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS. When the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, so that the terminal device performs RRM so that the network device determines the cell to camp on, and needs to request the network device to update the SRS Configure information (for example, the SRS configuration information may include the second configuration information or the third configuration information in the foregoing implementation manners) to send the SRS.
可选的,该第二阈值大于或等于该第一阈值。Optionally, the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为1个。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为n个,其中,n为大于1的整数。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为n的情况下,在下行参考信号为TRS时,n个下行参考信号集合中的任一个下行参考信号集合包括一个或多个配置成TRS的CSI-RS资源集所对应的TRS。Optionally, when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is n, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, any downlink reference signal set in the n downlink reference signal sets includes one or more configurations The TRS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource set of the TRS.
可选的,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为n个时,n个下行参考信号集合中任意两个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS可以是相同的,也可以是不同的,此处不做限定。Optionally, when the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is n, the SRSs corresponding to any two downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets may be the same or different , without limitation here.
基于上述技术方案,至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区,终端设备驻留在该一个或多个小区时,该终端设备可以基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的一个或多个下行参考信号集合实现时频同步。Based on the above technical solution, at least one set of downlink reference signals is used for one or more cells, and when the terminal device resides in the one or more cells, the terminal device may base on one or more downlink reference signal set to achieve time-frequency synchronization.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合用于多个小区时,该多个小区所下发的多个下行参考信号集合之间可以是相同的,也可以是不同的。Optionally, when at least one downlink reference signal set is used for multiple cells, the multiple downlink reference signal sets delivered by the multiple cells may be the same or different.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括主参考信号集合和辅参考信号集合,其中,该辅参考信号集合所包含的参考信号数量为n-1;该终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值包括:该终端设备对该主参考信号集合进行测量,得到第二测量值;该终端设备基于该第二测量 值确定该第一测量值。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals contained in the secondary reference signal set is is n-1; the terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, and obtaining the first measurement value includes: the terminal device measures the primary reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value; A second measurement determines the first measurement.
可选的,主参考信号集合所包含的参考信号数量为1。Optionally, the number of reference signals included in the primary reference signal set is 1.
可选的,该终端设备可以优先测量n个下行参考信号集合中的任意一个下行参考信号集合(例如主参考信号集合)。Optionally, the terminal device may preferentially measure any one downlink reference signal set (for example, the primary reference signal set) in the n downlink reference signal sets.
基于上述技术方案,在至少一个下行参考信号集合包括n个下行参考信号集合时,n个下行参考信号集合包括一个主参考信号集合以及一个或多个辅参考信号集合。其中,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,以得到第二测量值之后,该终端设备再基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值。Based on the above technical solution, when at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, the n downlink reference signal sets include one primary reference signal set and one or more secondary reference signal sets. Wherein, during the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, so as to obtain the second measurement value, and then determine the first Measurements.
在一些设计中,主参考信号集合至少应用于发送该第一配置信息的网络设备所在的主小区。可选的,该主参考信号集合还可以应用于该主小区的相邻小区。In some designs, the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the primary cell where the network device sending the first configuration information is located. Optionally, the primary reference signal set may also be applied to neighboring cells of the primary cell.
在一些设计中,主参考信号集合至少应用于该终端设备在基于第一配置信息接收至少一个下行参考信号集合的时刻之前,该终端设备在最近一次处于连接态时的服务小区;可选的,主参考信号集合还应用于该服务小区的相邻小区,或,主参考信号集合还应用于该服务小区的协作小区。In some designs, the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the serving cell of the terminal device in the connected state last time before the terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; optionally, The primary reference signal set is also applied to neighboring cells of the serving cell, or the primary reference signal set is also applied to coordinated cells of the serving cell.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备基于第二测量值确定该第一测量值包括:在该第二测量值大于第三阈值时,该终端设备将该第二测量值确定为该第一测量值;该终端设备确定跳过该辅参考信号集合的测量。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes: when the second measurement value is greater than a third threshold, the terminal device The second measurement value is determined as the first measurement value; the terminal device determines to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,并在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值大于第三阈值时,终端设备将该主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值确定为该第一测量值。换言之,在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值大于第三阈值时,该终端设备确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该主参考信号集合对应的一个或多个小区中。此后,该终端设备无需测量n个下行参考信号集合中除主参考信号集合之外的其他参考信号(即辅参考信号集合)的测量,可以进一步节省该终端设备的功耗。Based on the above technical solution, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device can preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal The device determines the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set as the first measurement value. In other words, when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in one or more cells corresponding to the primary reference signal set. Thereafter, the terminal device does not need to measure other reference signals (ie, secondary reference signal sets) in the n downlink reference signal sets except the primary reference signal set, which can further save power consumption of the terminal device.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备基于第二测量值确定该第一测量值包括:在该第二测量值小于第三阈值时,该终端设备对该辅参考信号集合进行测量,得到第三测量值,其中,第三测量值所包含的测量值的数量为p,所述p为大于0且小于等于n-1的整数;该终端设备基于第二测量值和第三测量值确定该第一测量值。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes: when the second measurement value is less than a third threshold, the terminal device performing measurement on the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, where p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1; the terminal device is based on The second measured value and the third measured value determine the first measured value.
可选的,该终端设备对该辅参考信号集合进行测量,得到第三测量值,可以表述为,该终端设备对该辅参考信号集合所包含的一个或多个参考信号进行测量,得到该第三测量值。Optionally, the terminal device measures the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device measures one or more reference signals included in the secondary reference signal set to obtain the first Three measurements.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,并在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值小于第三阈值时,该终端设备基于第二测量值和(至少一个)辅参考信号集合对应的第三测量值确定第一测量值。使得在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值小于第三阈值的情况下,该终端设备可以基于辅参考信号集合对应的第三测量值确定该第一测量值,并且在该第三测量值较大的情 况下,有可能使得该终端设备跳过RRM测量,从而降低该终端设备的功耗。Based on the above technical solution, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device can preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is less than the third threshold, the The terminal device determines the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value corresponding to the (at least one) secondary reference signal set. So that when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device may determine the first measurement value based on the third measurement value corresponding to the secondary reference signal set, and when the third measurement value is smaller than the third threshold In a large case, it is possible to make the terminal device skip RRM measurement, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备基于第二测量值和第三测量值确定该第一测量值包括:该终端设备将第三测量值中大于第三阈值的测量值确定为第一测量值;该终端设备将第三测量值中大于第三阈值的测量值对应的辅参考信号集合更新为该主参考信号集合。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes: the terminal device taking the third measurement value greater than The measured value of the third threshold is determined as the first measured value; the terminal device updates the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measured value greater than the third threshold in the third measured value to the primary reference signal set.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,并在主参考信号集合的第一测量值小于第三阈值时,终端设备将该辅参考信号集合中大于第三阈值的测量值对应的辅参考信号集合对应的第三测量值确定为该第一测量值。换言之,在主参考信号集合的第一测量值小于第三阈值且辅参考信号集合中的某一个参考信号大于第三阈值时,该终端设备确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该辅参考信号集合对应的一个或多个小区中。此后,该终端设备将该第一参考信号更新为该主参考信号集合,以便于后续基于更新后的主参考信号集合执行低功耗定位的实现过程。Based on the above technical solution, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device can preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the first measurement value of the primary reference signal set is less than the third threshold, the terminal device A third measurement value corresponding to a secondary reference signal set corresponding to a measurement value greater than a third threshold in the secondary reference signal set is determined as the first measurement value. In other words, when the first measurement value of the primary reference signal set is less than the third threshold and a certain reference signal in the secondary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in the secondary reference signal set corresponding to one or more cells. Thereafter, the terminal device updates the first reference signal to the primary reference signal set, so as to implement a low power consumption positioning process based on the updated primary reference signal set.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备基于第二测量值和第三测量值确定该第一测量值包括:In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes:
终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的最大值;或,The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的平均值;或,The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中m个测量值的平均值,m个测量值均大于第四阈值,m为小于n的整数;或The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
该终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中k个测量值的最大值,k为小于n的整数。The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is a maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer smaller than n.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括主参考信号集合,该第一测量值为该主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值,该主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值大于第三阈值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set, the first measurement value is a second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set, and the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than a third threshold; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个第一测量值,该第一测量值为n个第一测量值中的最大值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is the maximum value among the n first measurement values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个第一测量值,该第一测量值为n个第一测量值中的平均值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is an average value of the n first measurement values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应m个第一测量值,m个第一测量值均大于第三阈值,该第一测量值为m个第一测量值中的平均值,其中,m为小于n的整数;或,Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m first measured values, the m first measured values are all greater than the third threshold, and the first measured value is an average value of the m first measured values, wherein , m is an integer less than n; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应k个第一测量值,该第一测量值为k个第一测量值中的最大值,其中,k为小于n的整数。Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to k first measurement values, and the first measurement value is a maximum value among the k first measurement values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,终端设备可以通过上述多种方式实现第一测量值的确定,提升方案实现的灵活性。Based on the above technical solution, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device can realize the determination of the first measurement value through the above-mentioned various methods, and improve the flexibility of the implementation of the solution.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:在该第一测量值小于该第一阈值时,该终端设备执行该RRM测量。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the method further includes: when the first measurement value is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
需要说明的是,在本实施例及后续实施例中,用于确定终端设备跳过RRM测量的“第一阈值”和用于确定终端设备执行RRM测量的“第一阈值”可以是相同的,也可以是不同的(例如用于确定终端设备跳过RRM测量的“第一阈值”大于用于确定终端设备执行RRM测量的“第一阈值”)。It should be noted that, in this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, the "first threshold" used to determine that the terminal device skips RRM measurement and the "first threshold" used to determine that the terminal device performs RRM measurement may be the same, It can also be different (for example, the "first threshold" for determining that the terminal device skips RRM measurement is greater than the "first threshold" for determining that the terminal device performs RRM measurement).
可选的,在该第一测量值等于该第一阈值时,该终端设备跳过RRM测量。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the first threshold, the terminal device skips RRM measurement.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于该第一阈值时,该终端设备执行该RRM测量。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息中,该第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区。其中,在该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值小于第一阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,使得终端设备可以确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该一个或多个小区之外的其他小区。换言之,终端设备可能无法基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合在驻留小区中获得时频同步,使得该终端设备需要执行RRM测量并在驻留小区中获取时频同步。Based on the above technical solution, in the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device, at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells. Wherein, when the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one set of downlink reference signals is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one set of downlink reference signals is poor, so that the terminal device can determine the camping of the terminal device The cells are located in other cells than the one or more cells. In other words, the terminal device may not be able to obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the terminal device needs to perform RRM measurement and obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息承载于系统信息;或,该第一配置信息承载于无线资源控制释放(radio resource control release,RRCRelease)消息。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the first configuration information is carried in system information; or, the first configuration information is carried in a radio resource control release (radio resource control release, RRCRelease) information.
可选的,该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息(或第三配置信息)承载于同一消息中。Optionally, the first configuration information and the second configuration information (or third configuration information) are carried in the same message.
可选的,该第一配置信息和该第二配置信息(或第三配置信息)承载于不同消息中。Optionally, the first configuration information and the second configuration information (or third configuration information) are carried in different messages.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS);或,该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)。In a possible implementation of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS); or, the The downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS).
可选的,该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为一种特殊的CSI-RS,主要用于实现高精度的下行时频跟踪。Optionally, the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a special CSI-RS, which is mainly used to realize high-precision downlink time-frequency tracking.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三阈值大于该第一阈值。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
基于上述技术方案,第三阈值可以大于第一阈值,使得终端设备尽量执行至少一个下行参考信号集合的测量以获得时频同步,而无需执行RRM测量。Based on the above technical solution, the third threshold may be greater than the first threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform measurement of at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain time-frequency synchronization without performing RRM measurement.
可选的,第三阈值小于或等于第一阈值。Optionally, the third threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold.
可选的,第三阈值大于第二阈值。Optionally, the third threshold is greater than the second threshold.
基于上述技术方案,第二阈值可以大于第三阈值,使得终端设备尽量执行至少一个下行参考信号集合的测量以发送SRS,而无需执行向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息的过程。Based on the above technical solution, the second threshold may be greater than the third threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform at least one downlink reference signal set measurement to send the SRS without performing the process of requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一测量值包括参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)和参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the first measurement value includes reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP) and reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ) At least one of the .
可选的,第一测量值为RSRP。Optionally, the first measured value is RSRP.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备确定跳过该RRM测量包括:该终端设备基于第一信息确定跳过该RRM测量,该第一信息用于指示允许该终端设备不基于服务小区的同步信号块(或称为同步信号/广播信号块(synchronization  signal/PBCH block,SS/PBCH block或SSB))的测量结果执行确定是否执行同频小区测量。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement includes: the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, where the first information is used to Indicates that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement based on the measurement results of the synchronization signal block (or called synchronization signal/PBCH block, SS/PBCH block or SSB) of the serving cell.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一信息还用于指示允许该终端设备不基于异频或异无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)的优先级以及服务小区的SSB第一测量值确定是否执行异频、异RAT测量。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the first information is also used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to use different frequencies or different radio access technology (radio access technology, RAT) priority Determine whether to perform inter-frequency and inter-RAT measurement based on the SSB first measurement value of the level and the serving cell.
可选的,该第一信息预配置于该终端设备。Optionally, the first information is preconfigured on the terminal device.
可选的,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自该网络设备发送的该第一信息。Optionally, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving the first information sent from the network device.
基于上述技术方案,在该第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备可以基于第一信息确定跳过RRM测量。其中,该终端设备基于该第一信息所跳过的RRM测量具体可以为:在小区重选过程中,终端设备测量当前服务小区和邻区(包括同频,异频,异RAT的小区)的过程。Based on the foregoing technical solution, when the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device may determine to skip the RRM measurement based on the first information. Wherein, the RRM measurement skipped by the terminal device based on the first information may specifically be: during the cell reselection process, the terminal device measures the current serving cell and neighboring cells (including cells of the same frequency, different frequency, and different RAT) process.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该RRM测量包括同频小区测量、异频小区测量、异RAT测量中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the RRM measurement includes at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
可选的,该RRM测量可表述为同频小区测量、异频小区测量、异RAT测量。Optionally, the RRM measurement may be described as intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
可选的,该RRM测量可表述为同频小区测量。Optionally, the RRM measurement may be expressed as intra-frequency cell measurement.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息与该至少一个下行参考信号集合一一对应。Optionally, the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息对应于该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的多个下行参考信号集合。Optionally, each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
在本申请第一方面或第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括至少一个配置信息;In a possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect of the present application, the first configuration information includes at least one piece of configuration information;
其中,至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息与该至少一个下行参考信号集合一一对应。Optionally, the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息对应于该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的多个下行参考信号集合。Optionally, each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
本申请第三方面提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以实现上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。该装置包括用于执行上述方法的相应的单元或模块。该装置包括的单元或模块可以通过软件和/或硬件方式实现。例如,该装置可以为终端设备,或者,该装置可以为终端设备中的组件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),或者该装置还可以为能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件。A third aspect of the present application provides a communications device, which can implement the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect. The apparatus includes corresponding units or modules for performing the above method. The units or modules included in the device can be realized by software and/or hardware. For example, the device may be a terminal device, or the device may be a component in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the device may also be a logic module capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the terminal device or software.
其中,该装置包括收发单元和处理单元;Wherein, the device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
该收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置至少一个下行参考信号集合;The transceiving unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one set of downlink reference signals;
该收发单元,还用于基于该第一配置信息接收该至少一个下行参考信号集合;The transceiving unit is further configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information;
该处理单元,用于基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值;The processing unit is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value;
在该第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该处理单元,还用于确定跳过无线资源管理RRM测量。When the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the processing unit is further configured to determine to skip radio resource management RRM measurement.
本申请第四方面提供了一种通信装置,该装置可以实现上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的实现方式中的方法。该装置包括用于执行上述方法的相应的单元或模块。该装置包括的单元或模块可以通过软件和/或硬件方式实现。例如,该装置可以为终端设备,或者,该装置可以为终端设备中的组件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等),或者该装置还可以为能实现全部或部分终端设备功能的逻辑模块或软件。A fourth aspect of the present application provides a communication device, which can implement the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. The apparatus includes corresponding units or modules for performing the above method. The units or modules included in the device can be realized by software and/or hardware. For example, the device may be a terminal device, or the device may be a component in the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.), or the device may also be a logic module capable of realizing all or part of the functions of the terminal device or software.
其中,该装置包括收发单元和处理单元;Wherein, the device includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
该收发单元,用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第一下行参考信号集合;The transceiver unit is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first set of downlink reference signals;
该处理单元,用于基于该第一配置信息接收该至少一个下行参考信号集合;该终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值;The processing unit is configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; the terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value;
该处理单元,用于基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效。The processing unit is configured to determine whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括1个下行参考信号集合。换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set. In other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1的情况下,在下行参考信号为TRS时,一个下行参考信号集合包括一个或多个配置成TRS的CSI-RS资源集所对应的TRS。Optionally, when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发单元,还用于接收来自该网络设备的探测参考信号第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置第一SRS;该第一SRS关联于该至少一个下行参考信号集合;In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive second configuration information of the sounding reference signal from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure the first SRS; the first SRS is associated with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该收发单元,还用于基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS。When the first measured value is greater than the second threshold, the transceiver unit is further configured to send the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该处理单元,还用于中止发送该第一SRS。When the first measured value is less than the second threshold, the processing unit is further configured to stop sending the first SRS.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括n个下行参考信号集合,其中,n为大于1的整数。换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为多个(即n个)。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1. In other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is multiple (that is, n).
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该收发单元还用于接收来自该网络设备的第三配置信息,该第三配置信息用于配置关联于n个下行参考信号集合的q个SRS,其中,q小于等于n;在第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该收发单元还用于基于该第 三配置信息发送目标SRS,其中,该目标SRS为q个SRS中关联于n个下行参考信号集合中该第一测量值对应的下行参考信号集合的SRS。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the transceiver unit is further configured to receive third configuration information from the network device, where the third configuration information is used to configure q SRSs of the signal set, where q is less than or equal to n; when the first measured value is greater than the second threshold, the transceiver unit is further configured to send a target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is q SRSs is associated with the SRS of the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the n downlink reference signal sets.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元还用于:在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the processing unit is further configured to: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第三配置信息所配置的SRS的数量q可以包括多种实现方式,包括:In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include various implementation manners, including:
q为1;或,q is 1; or,
q等于n,其中,q个SRS与n个下行参考信号集合一一对应;或,q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
q大于1且q小于n,其中,q个SRS所包含的每一个SRS对应于n个下行参考信号集合中的一个或多个下行参考信号集合。q is greater than 1 and q is less than n, where each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第二阈值小于该第一阈值。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
在该第一测量值小于该第一阈值时,该处理单元,还用于执行该RRM测量。When the first measurement value is less than the first threshold, the processing unit is further configured to perform the RRM measurement.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
该第一配置信息承载于系统信息;或,The first configuration information is carried in system information; or,
该第一配置信息承载于无线资源控制释放RRCRelease消息。The first configuration information is carried in a radio resource control release RRCRelease message.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;或,The downlink reference signal contained in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; or,
该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为跟踪参考信号TRS。The downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is the tracking reference signal TRS.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为1个。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1的情况下,在下行参考信号为TRS时,一个下行参考信号集合包括一个或多个配置成TRS的CSI-RS资源集所对应的TRS。Optionally, when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为n个,其中,n为大于1的整数。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为n的情况下,在下行参考信号为TRS时,n个下行参考信号集合中的任一个下行参考信号集合包括一个或多个配置成TRS的CSI-RS资源集所对应的TRS。Optionally, when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is n, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, any downlink reference signal set in the n downlink reference signal sets includes one or more configurations The TRS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource set of the TRS.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括主参考信号集合和辅参考信号集合,其中,该辅参考信号集合所包含的参考信号数量为n-1;In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals contained in the secondary reference signal set is for n-1;
该处理单元用于基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值包括:The processing unit is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, and obtaining the first measurement value includes:
该处理单元用于对该主参考信号集合进行测量,得到第二测量值;The processing unit is configured to measure the main reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value;
该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值。The processing unit is used for determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值包括:In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the processing unit being configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
在该第二测量值大于第三阈值时,该处理单元用于将该第二测量值确定为该第一测量值;When the second measured value is greater than a third threshold, the processing unit is configured to determine the second measured value as the first measured value;
该处理单元用于确定跳过该辅参考信号集合的测量。The processing unit is configured to determine to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值包括:In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the processing unit being configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
在该第二测量值小于第三阈值时,该处理单元用于对该辅参考信号集合进行测量,得到第三测量值,其中,该第三测量值所包含的测量值的数量为p,p为大于0且小于等于n-1的整数;When the second measurement value is less than the third threshold, the processing unit is configured to measure the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1;
该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值和该第三测量值确定该第一测量值。The processing unit is used for determining the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值和该第三测量值确定该第一测量值包括:In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes:
该处理单元用于将该第三测量值中大于该第三阈值的测量值确定为该第一测量值;The processing unit is configured to determine, among the third measured values, a measured value greater than the third threshold as the first measured value;
该处理单元用于将该第三测量值中大于该第三阈值的测量值对应的辅参考信号集合更新为该主参考信号集合。The processing unit is configured to update the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measurement value greater than the third threshold in the third measurement value to the primary reference signal set.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值和该第三测量值确定该第一测量值,包括:In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value, including:
该处理单元用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的最大值;或,The processing unit is configured to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该处理单元用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的平均值;或,The processing unit is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该处理单元用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中m个测量值的平均值,m个测量值均大于第四阈值,m为小于n的整数;或The processing unit is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values in the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
该处理单元用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中k个测量值的最大值,k为小于n的整数。The processing unit is used to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer less than n.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个测量值,该第一测量值为n个测量值中的最大值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is the maximum value among the n measured values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个测量值,该第一测量值为n个测量值中的平均值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is an average value of the n measured values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应m个测量值,m个测量值均大于第四阈值,该第一测量值为m个测量值中的平均值,其中,m为小于n的整数;或,The partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m measured values, the m measured values are all greater than the fourth threshold, and the first measured value is the average value of the m measured values, where m is less than n integer; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应k个测量值,该第一测量值为k个测量值中的最大值,其中,k为小于n的整数。The partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to k measured values, and the first measured value is a maximum value among the k measured values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第三阈值大于该第一阈值。In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
该第一测量值包括参考信号接收功率RSRP和参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的至少一项。The first measurement value includes at least one of a reference signal received power RSRP and a reference signal received quality RSRQ.
可选的,第一测量值为RSRP。Optionally, the first measured value is RSRP.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于确定跳过该RRM测量包括:In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the processing unit being used to determine to skip the RRM measurement includes:
该处理单元用于基于第一信息确定跳过该RRM测量,该第一信息用于指示允许终端设备不基于服务小区的同步信号块SSB的测量结果执行确定是否执行同频小区测量。The processing unit is configured to determine to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement based on the measurement result of the synchronization signal block SSB of the serving cell.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
该第一信息还用于指示允许该终端设备不基于异频或异无线接入技术RAT的优先级以及服务小区的SSB测量结果确定是否执行异频、异RAT测量。The first information is also used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on the priority of inter-frequency or inter-RAT RAT and the SSB measurement result of the serving cell.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application,
该RRM测量包括同频小区测量、异频小区测量、异RAT测量中的至少一项。The RRM measurement includes at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息与该至少一个下行参考信号集合一一对应。Optionally, the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息对应于该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的多个下行参考信号集合。Optionally, each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
在本申请第三方面或第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括至少一个配置信息,该至少一个配置信息与该至少一个下行参考信号集合一一对应;In a possible implementation manner of the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the present application, the first configuration information includes at least one piece of configuration information, and the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
其中,至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
本申请实施例第三方面或第四方面中,通信装置的组成模块还可以用于执行第一方面或第二方面的各个可能实现方式中所执行的步骤,具体均可以参阅第一方面或第二方面,此处不再赘述。In the third aspect or the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present application, the components of the communication device can also be used to execute the steps performed in each possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the second aspect. For details, please refer to the first aspect or the second aspect. The second aspect will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例第五方面提供了一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器与存储器耦合;A fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, and the at least one processor is coupled to a memory;
该存储器用于存储程序或指令;The memory is used to store programs or instructions;
该至少一个处理器用于执行该程序或指令,以使该装置实现前述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式中的方法。The at least one processor is configured to execute the program or the instruction, so that the device implements the method in the aforementioned first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
本申请实施例第六方面提供了一种通信装置,包括至少一个处理器,该至少一个处理器与存储器耦合;The sixth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including at least one processor, and the at least one processor is coupled to a memory;
该存储器用于存储程序或指令;The memory is used to store programs or instructions;
该至少一个处理器用于执行该程序或指令,以使该装置实现前述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式中的方法。The at least one processor is configured to execute the program or instruction, so that the device implements the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
本申请实施例第七方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该可读存储介质存储有指令,当指令被执行时,使得计算机执行如上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式的方法,或,使得计算机执行如上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式的方法。The seventh aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores instructions, and when the instructions are executed, the computer executes the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect The method, or, causing the computer to execute the method according to the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
本申请实施例第八方面提供一种计算机程序产品(或称计算机程序),该计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能实现方式的方法,或,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能实现方式的方法。The eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product (or called a computer program). The computer program product includes computer program code. When the computer program code runs on a computer, the computer executes any of the above-mentioned first aspect or the first aspect. A method in a possible implementation manner, or causing a computer to execute the second aspect or a method in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
本申请实施例第九方面提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能,或,用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式中所涉及的功能。The ninth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a chip system, the chip system includes at least one processor, configured to implement the functions involved in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or, use To realize the functions involved in the above second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
在一种可能的设计中,该芯片系统还可以包括存储器,存储器用于保存指令和/或数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。可选的,该芯片系统还包括接口电路,该接口电路用于输入或输出指令和/或数据。In a possible design, the chip system may further include a memory, and the memory is used to store instructions and/or data. The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices. Optionally, the chip system further includes an interface circuit for inputting or outputting instructions and/or data.
本申请实施例第十方面提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统至少包括第一方面或第一方面任意一种可能的实现方式中所涉及的终端设备,或,该通信系统至少包括第二方面或第二方面任意一种可能的实现方式中所涉及的终端设备。The tenth aspect of the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, the communication system includes at least the terminal device involved in the first aspect or any possible implementation of the first aspect, or, the communication system includes at least the second aspect Or the terminal device involved in any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
在一种可能的设计中,该通信系统还包括与终端设备通信的网络设备。In a possible design, the communication system further includes a network device that communicates with the terminal device.
其中,第三方面至第十方面中任一种可能的实现方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面以及第一方面(或第二方面以及第二方面)中不同实现方式所带来的技术效果,在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any possible implementation manners from the third aspect to the tenth aspect can refer to the above-mentioned first aspect and the different implementation manners in the first aspect (or the second aspect and the second aspect) The technical effects will not be repeated here.
应理解,本申请中的“发送”也可以称为“输出”,“接收”也可以称为“输入”。It should be understood that "sending" in this application may also be referred to as "output", and "receiving" may also be referred to as "input".
从以上技术方案可以看出,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息中,该第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区。其中,在该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较优,使得终端设备可以确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该一个或多个小区中。换言之,终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合可以在驻留小区中获得时频同步,使得该终端设备确定跳过RRM测量。从而,在至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值大于第一阈值时,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行RRM测量即可获得时频同步,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。It can be seen from the above technical solutions that, in the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device, at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells. Wherein, when the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that the terminal device can determine the camping of the terminal device A cell is located within the one or more cells. In other words, based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides, so that the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement. Therefore, when the first measurement value corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is greater than the first threshold, since the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization without exiting the low power consumption mode to perform RRM measurement, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced and increased. Long battery life improves user experience.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请提供的网络架构的一个示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of the network architecture provided by the present application;
图2a为本申请提供的网络架构的另一个示意图;Fig. 2a is another schematic diagram of the network architecture provided by the present application;
图2b为本申请提供的网络架构的另一个示意图;Figure 2b is another schematic diagram of the network architecture provided by the present application;
图3为本申请提供的通信方法的一个示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application;
图4为本申请提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;FIG. 4 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application;
图5为本申请提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;FIG. 5 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application;
图6为本申请提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;FIG. 6 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application;
图7为本申请提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;FIG. 7 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application;
图8为本申请提供的通信方法的另一个示意图;FIG. 8 is another schematic diagram of the communication method provided by the present application;
图9为本申请提供的通信装置的一个示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided by the present application;
图10为本申请提供的通信装置的另一个示意图。FIG. 10 is another schematic diagram of the communication device provided by the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
首先,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。First of all, some terms used in the embodiments of the present application are explained to facilitate the understanding of those skilled in the art.
(1)终端设备(或称为终端、用户、用户终端、终端用户、用户设备等):可以是能够与网络设备进行通信的无线终端设备,无线终端设备可以是向用户提供语音和/或数据的设备,或具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。(1) Terminal equipment (or terminal, user, user terminal, terminal user, user equipment, etc.): it can be a wireless terminal equipment that can communicate with network equipment, and the wireless terminal equipment can provide voice and/or data to users. devices, or handheld devices with wireless connectivity, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem.
终端可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网或者互联网进行通信。终端可以是移动终端设备,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话,手机(mobile phone))、计算机或数据卡,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。例如,终端可以是个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑等设备。终端也可以称为系统、订阅单元(subscriber unit)、订阅站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端(remote terminal)、接入终端(access terminal)、用户终端(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、用户端设备(customer premises equipment,CPE)、终端(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。终端设备也可以是可穿戴设备以及下一代通信系统,例如,第五代(5 th generation,5G)通信系统中的终端设备或者未来演进的网络中的终端设备等。 The terminal may communicate with one or more core networks or the Internet via a radio access network (radio access network, RAN). The terminal can be a mobile terminal device, such as a mobile phone (or called a "cellular" phone, mobile phone), a computer or a data card, for example, it can be a portable, pocket, hand-held, computer built-in or vehicle-mounted mobile phone device. For example, a terminal may be a personal communication service (PCS) phone, a cordless phone, a session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, a wireless local loop (WLL) station, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant, PDA), tablet computer (Pad), computer with wireless transceiver function and other equipment. A terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a remote station, or an access point. , AP), remote terminal (remote terminal), access terminal (access terminal), user terminal (user terminal), user agent (user agent), customer premises equipment (customer premises equipment, CPE), terminal (terminal), user Equipment (user equipment, UE), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc. The terminal device may also be a wearable device and a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal device in a fifth generation (5 th generation, 5G) communication system or a terminal device in a future evolving network.
此外,本申请所涉及的终端可以广泛应用于各种场景,例如,设备到设备(devicetodevice,D2D)、车物(vehicleto everything,V2X)通信、机器类通信(machine-type communication,MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IOT)、虚拟现实、增强现实、工业控制、自动驾驶、远程医疗、智能电网、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴、智能交通、智慧城市等。终端可以是手机、平板电脑、带无线收发功能的电脑、可穿戴设备、车辆、无人机、直升机、飞机、轮船、机器人、机械臂、智能家居设备等。本申请的实施例对终端所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。In addition, the terminals involved in this application can be widely used in various scenarios, for example, device to device (device to device, D2D), vehicle to everything (vehicle to everything, V2X) communication, machine type communication (machine-type communication, MTC), thing Internet of things (IOT), virtual reality, augmented reality, industrial control, autonomous driving, telemedicine, smart grid, smart furniture, smart office, smart wear, smart transportation, smart city, etc. Terminals can be mobile phones, tablet computers, computers with wireless transceiver functions, wearable devices, vehicles, drones, helicopters, airplanes, ships, robots, robotic arms, smart home devices, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal.
(2)网络设备:可以是无线网络中的设备,例如网络设备可以为将终端设备接入到无线网络的无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)节点(或设备),可以称为无线接入网设备,一般也可以称为基站。目前,一些RAN设备的举例为:新一代基站(generation Node B,gNodeB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved Node B,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)接入点(access  point,AP)等。另外,在一种网络结构中,网络设备可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点。(2) Network device: it can be a device in a wireless network, for example, a network device can be a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) node (or device) that connects a terminal device to a wireless network, and can be called a wireless access network. A network access device may generally also be referred to as a base station. At present, some examples of RAN equipment are: new generation base station (generation Node B, gNodeB), transmission reception point (transmission reception point, TRP), evolved node B (evolved Node B, eNB), radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), node B (Node B, NB), base station controller (base station controller, BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved Node B, or home Node B , HNB), base band unit (base band unit, BBU), or wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, Wi-Fi) access point (access point, AP), etc. In addition, in a network structure, the network device may include a centralized unit (centralized unit, CU) node and/or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU) node.
可选的,一个网络设备可以包括一个或多个小区。Optionally, one network device may include one or more cells.
此外,网络设备还可以包括核心网设备,核心网设备例如包括访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)或会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)等。In addition, the network device may also include a core network device, and the core network device includes, for example, an access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), a user plane function (user plane function, UPF) or a session management function (session management function, SMF) etc.
可以理解,网络设备还可以是其它为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。It can be understood that the network device may also be other devices that provide wireless communication functions for the terminal device. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device.
本申请中,用于实现网络设备的功能的装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统。In the present application, the device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system.
(3)本申请中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A、同时存在A和B、单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如“A,B或C中的至少一个”包括A,B,C,AB,AC,BC或ABC。以及,除非有特别说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。(3) The terms "system" and "network" in this application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example "at least one of A, B or C" includes A, B, C, AB, AC, BC or ABC. And, unless otherwise specified, ordinal numerals such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of this application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects degree.
此外,在本申请实施例中,"示例性的"或者"例如"等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为"示例性的"或者"例如"的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用"示例性的"或者"例如"等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。In addition, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present relevant concepts in a concrete manner for easy understanding.
(4)配置与预配置:(4) Configuration and pre-configuration:
在申请中,会同时用到配置与预配置。配置是指基站/服务器通过消息或信令将一些参数的配置信息或参数的取值发送给终端,以便终端根据这些取值或信息来确定通信的参数或传输时的资源。In the application, both configuration and pre-configuration are used. Configuration means that the base station/server sends some parameter configuration information or parameter values to the terminal through messages or signaling, so that the terminal can determine communication parameters or transmission resources according to these values or information.
预配置与配置类似,可以是基站/服务器预先与终端设备协商好的参数信息或参数值,也可以是标准协议规定的基站/服务器或终端设备采用的参数信息或参数值,还可以是预先存储在基站/服务器或终端设备的参数信息或参数值。本申请对此不做限定。Pre-configuration is similar to configuration. It can be the parameter information or parameter value negotiated by the base station/server and the terminal device in advance, or it can be the parameter information or parameter value adopted by the base station/server or terminal device specified in the standard protocol, or it can be a pre-stored Parameter information or parameter values at the base station/server or terminal equipment. This application does not limit this.
进一步地,这些取值和参数,是可以变化或更新的。Furthermore, these values and parameters can be changed or updated.
为便于理解本申请实施例提供的方法,下面将对本申请实施例提供的方法的系统架构进行说明。可理解的,本申请实施例描述的系统架构是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定。In order to facilitate understanding of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application, the system architecture of the method provided in the embodiment of the present application will be described below. It can be understood that the system architecture described in the embodiments of the present application is for more clearly illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
图1为本申请实施例通信系统的一个示意图。请参阅图1,通信系统包括终端设备101、下一代节点B(next Generation Node B,gNB)102、下一代演进型节点B(next generation evolved Node B,ng-eNB)103、接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management  function,AMF)104和定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)105。LMF105是NR核心网中为终端设备提供定位功能的网元、模块或组件。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application. Please refer to FIG. 1, the communication system includes terminal equipment 101, next generation Node B (next Generation Node B, gNB) 102, next generation evolved Node B (next generation evolved Node B, ng-eNB) 103, access and mobility Management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) 104 and location management function (location management function, LMF) 105. The LMF105 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions for terminal equipment in the NR core network.
可选的,通信系统还包括增强的服务移动定位中心(evolved serving mobile location center,E-SMLC)106和安全用户面定位平台(secure user plane location locaiton platform,SLP)107。E-SMLC106是4G核心网中提供定位功能的网元、模块或组件。SLP107是4G核心网中用于处理用户面安全定位协议的网元、模块或组件。Optionally, the communication system further includes an enhanced serving mobile location center (evolved serving mobile location center, E-SMLC) 106 and a secure user plane location location platform (secure user plane location locaiton platform, SLP) 107. E-SMLC106 is a network element, module or component that provides positioning functions in the 4G core network. SLP107 is a network element, module or component used to process the user plane security positioning protocol in the 4G core network.
其中,终端设备101通过Uu接口与接入网设备(如图1中的gNB102或ng-eNB103)进行通信。ng-eNB103为长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)通信系统中的接入网设备,gNB102为NR通信系统中的接入网设备。该通信系统中,接入网设备之间通过Xn接口进行通信,接入网设备与AMF104之间通过NG-C接口进行通信。AMF104与LMF105之间通过NL1接口进行通信,AMF104相当于接入网设备与LMF105之间进行通信的路由器。LMF105用于对终端设备的位置进行定位计算。Wherein, the terminal device 101 communicates with an access network device (such as gNB102 or ng-eNB103 in FIG. 1 ) through a Uu interface. ng-eNB103 is an access network device in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system, and gNB102 is an access network device in an NR communication system. In the communication system, the access network devices communicate through the Xn interface, and the access network devices communicate with the AMF 104 through the NG-C interface. The AMF104 and the LMF105 communicate through the NL1 interface, and the AMF104 is equivalent to a router for communicating between the access network equipment and the LMF105. The LMF105 is used to calculate the location of the terminal equipment.
上述图1仅仅示出了通信系统包括gNB和ng-eNB的两个接入网设备的示例。而在实际应用中,该通信系统可以包括至少一个接入网设备,具体本申请不做限定。The above FIG. 1 only shows an example in which the communication system includes two access network devices, gNB and ng-eNB. However, in practical applications, the communication system may include at least one access network device, which is not limited in this application.
本申请中,上述图1所示的通信系统中,LMF为目前通信系统中的名称,在未来通信系统中,该LMF的名称可能随着通信系统的演进而改变。在目前通信系统或未来通信系统中,只要具备与该LMF类似功能的其他名称的功能网元,都可以理解本申请实施例中的LMF,并且适用于本申请实施例提供的通信方法。In this application, in the communication system shown in FIG. 1 above, LMF is the name in the current communication system. In the future communication system, the name of the LMF may change with the evolution of the communication system. In the current communication system or the future communication system, as long as the functional network elements with other names having similar functions to the LMF can understand the LMF in the embodiment of the present application, and are applicable to the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
示例性的,本申请应用的通信系统还可以如图2a和图2b所示,包括单个或多个网络设备以及单个或多个终端设备。Exemplarily, the communication system applied in this application may also include a single or multiple network devices and a single or multiple terminal devices as shown in FIG. 2a and FIG. 2b.
可选的,如图2a所示,单个网络设备可以向单个或多个终端设备传输数据或控制信令。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 2a, a single network device may transmit data or control signaling to a single or multiple terminal devices.
可选的,如图2b所示,多个网络设备也可以同时为单个终端设备传输数据或控制信令。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 2b, multiple network devices may simultaneously transmit data or control signaling for a single terminal device.
上述图1所示通信系统中,基于核心网定位管理功能(Location management function,LMF)控制,接入网和终端辅助的架构可以用于实现终端设备的定位过程。In the communication system shown in FIG. 1 above, based on the core network location management function (Location management function, LMF) control, the access network and terminal-assisted architecture can be used to realize the positioning process of the terminal device.
示例性的,以终端设备为UE为例,当前Rel-16定位标准化了用于定位的SRS,与Rel-15的多输入多输出(multiple-input multiple-output,MIMO)SRS,用以支持以下定位技术:Exemplarily, taking the terminal device as an example, the current Rel-16 positioning standardizes the SRS for positioning, and the multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) SRS of Rel-15 to support the following Positioning Technology:
上行到达时间差(uplink time difference of arrival,UL-TDOA)定位技术:各小区对UE的SRS信号测量上行相对到达时间(uplink relative time of arrival,UL RTOA),并将测量结果上报给LMF;Uplink time difference of arrival (uplink time difference of arrival, UL-TDOA) positioning technology: each cell measures the uplink relative time of arrival (uplink relative time of arrival, UL RTOA) of the SRS signal of the UE, and reports the measurement result to the LMF;
上行离开角(uplink arrival of arrival,UL-AoA)定位技术:各小区对UE的SRS信号测量UL AoA,并将测量结果上报给LMF;Uplink arrival of arrival (UL-AoA) positioning technology: each cell measures the UL AoA of the SRS signal of the UE, and reports the measurement result to the LMF;
多小区往返时间(multi-cell round trip time,Multi-RTT)定位技术:UE对各小区定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS)测量UE的收发时间差(Rx–Tx time difference),并将测量结果上报给LMF;各小区对UE的SRS信号测量gNB的Rx–Tx time difference,并将测量结果上报给LMF。Multi-cell round trip time (Multi-RTT) positioning technology: The UE measures the Rx–Tx time difference (Rx–Tx time difference) of each cell positioning reference signal (PRS), and reports the measurement results Report to the LMF; each cell measures the Rx–Tx time difference of the gNB for the SRS signal of the UE, and reports the measurement result to the LMF.
此外,为了降低终端低业务需求时的功耗,同时兼顾业务到达时的快速进入连接,在上述通信系统中的终端设备,还可以基于无线接入控制非激活(radio resource control inactive,RRC_INACTIVE)状态(或称为INACTIVE态)这一低功耗状态进行通信。除此之外,终端设备还可以处于无线接入控制空闲(radio resource control idle,RRC_IDLE)状态(或称为IDLE态),无线接入控制连接(radio resource control connected,RRC_CONNECTED)(或称为CONNECTED态)状态进行通信。In addition, in order to reduce the power consumption of the terminal when the service demand is low, and at the same time take into account the fast access connection when the service arrives, the terminal equipment in the above communication system can also be based on the radio resource control inactive (RRC_INACTIVE) state (or called INACTIVE state) This low-power state communicates. In addition, the terminal device can also be in the radio resource control idle (RRC_IDLE) state (or called IDLE state), and the radio resource control connected (radio resource control connected, RRC_CONNECTED) (or called CONNECTED state) state to communicate.
下面将介绍不同状态下,终端设备所支持的业务,包括:The following will introduce the services supported by terminal equipment in different states, including:
1.RRC_IDLE状态所支持的业务包括以下至少一项:1. The services supported by the RRC_IDLE state include at least one of the following:
-PLMN选择(public land mobile network selection,PLMN selection);-PLMN selection (public land mobile network selection, PLMN selection);
-接收系统信息广播(Broadcast of system information);- Receive system information broadcast (Broadcast of system information);
-小区移动性:小区重选(Cell re-selection mobility);- Cell mobility: Cell re-selection mobility;
-接收5GC发起的面向终端发送数据的寻呼(Paging for mobile terminated data is initiated by 5GC);-Receive paging for mobile terminated data is initiated by 5GC initiated by 5GC;
-NAS配置核心网寻呼非连续接收(DRX for CN paging configured by NAS)。-NAS configures core network paging discontinuous reception (DRX for CN paging configured by NAS).
2.RRC_INACTIVE状态所支持的业务包括以下至少一项:2. The services supported by the RRC_INACTIVE state include at least one of the following:
-PLMN selection;-PLMN selection;
-Broadcast of system information;-Broadcast of system information;
-Cell re-selection mobility;-Cell re-selection mobility;
-接收下一代接入网发起的寻呼(Paging is initiated by NG-RAN(RAN paging));-Receive the paging initiated by the next generation access network (Paging is initiated by NG-RAN (RAN paging));
-支持下一代接入网管理的接入网通知区域(RAN-based notification area(RNA)is managed by NG-RAN);- Access network notification area (RAN-based notification area (RNA) is managed by NG-RAN) that supports next-generation access network management;
-下一代接入网配置的接入网寻呼非连续接收(DRX for RAN paging configured by NG-RAN);-Discontinuous reception of access network paging configured by next-generation access network (DRX for RAN paging configured by NG-RAN);
-终端建立5GC-下一代接入网之间控制面和用户面的连接(5GC-NG-RAN connection(both C/U-planes)is established for UE);-The terminal establishes the connection between the control plane and the user plane between the 5GC-NG-RAN (5GC-NG-RAN connection (both C/U-planes) is established for UE);
-终端和下一代接入网存储终端非活跃态接入层上下文(The UE Inactive AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE);- The UE Inactive AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE in the terminal and the next-generation access network;
-下一代接入网知晓终端所处的接入网通知区域(NG-RAN knows the RNA which the UE belongs to);-The next generation access network knows the access network notification area where the terminal is located (NG-RAN knows the RNA which the UE belongs to);
3.RRC_CONNECTED状态所支持的业务包括以下至少一项:3. The services supported by the RRC_CONNECTED state include at least one of the following:
-终端建立5GC-下一代接入网之间控制面和用户面的连接(5GC-NG-RAN connection(both C/U-planes)is established for UE);-The terminal establishes the connection between the control plane and the user plane between the 5GC-NG-RAN (5GC-NG-RAN connection (both C/U-planes) is established for UE);
-终端和下一代接入网存储终端非活跃态接入层上下文(The UE AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE);-The UE AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE in the UE AS context is stored in NG-RAN and the UE;
-NG-RAN knows the cell which the UE belongs to;-NG-RAN knows the cell which the UE belongs to;
-向/从终端传送单播数据(Transfer of unicast data to/from the UE);-Transfer unicast data to/from the UE (Transfer of unicast data to/from the UE);
-网络控制的移动性和移动性测量(Network controlled mobility including measurements)。- Network controlled mobility including measurements.
由上述内容可知,一般来说,终端支持在RRC_CONNECTED状态下,基于上述“向/从终端传送单播数据(Transfer of unicast data to/from the UE)”这一业务发送SRS。此时若终端发送小区切换,相应的目标小区中的SRS配置由目标小区(或称为目的小区,或称为切换后的小区等)重新配置,经由切换命令从源小区(或称为切换前的小区)发给终端。当终端在目标小区建立连接后,目标小区的SRS配置开始适用。It can be seen from the above content that, generally speaking, the terminal supports sending SRS based on the above-mentioned "Transfer of unicast data to/from the UE" service in the RRC_CONNECTED state. At this time, if the terminal sends a cell handover, the SRS configuration in the corresponding target cell will be reconfigured by the target cell (or called the target cell, or called the handover cell, etc.), and the SRS configuration will be changed from the source cell (or called the pre-handover cell) via the handover command. cell) to the terminal. After the terminal establishes a connection in the target cell, the SRS configuration of the target cell starts to apply.
在未来的通信系统中(例如Rel-17),即将支持RRC_INACTIVE状态的定位,包括终端设备在RRC_INACTIVE状态测量PRS和发送SRS,以及终端设备在RRC_INACTIVE态向基站/核心网上报定位数据(例如PRS测量结果),用以降低终端功耗。由于终端在RRC_INACTIVE状态可能发生小区重选,而不会通知网络侧(只要没有触发无线接入网通知区(radio access network-based Notification Area,RAN-based Notification Area,简称RNA通知区)更新),终端在RRC_INACTIVE状态下使用的SRS配置在发生小区重选时的行为(以下将该行为简称为低功耗定位)是没有明确的,相应的具体方案尚在讨论中。In future communication systems (such as Rel-17), positioning in the RRC_INACTIVE state will be supported soon, including terminal equipment measuring PRS and sending SRS in RRC_INACTIVE state, and terminal equipment reporting positioning data to the base station/core network in RRC_INACTIVE state (such as PRS measurement result), to reduce terminal power consumption. Since cell reselection may occur when the terminal is in the RRC_INACTIVE state, the network side will not be notified (as long as the radio access network-based Notification Area (RAN-based Notification Area, RAN-based Notification Area, RNA notification area for short) update is not triggered), The behavior of the SRS configuration used by the terminal in the RRC_INACTIVE state when cell reselection occurs (hereinafter referred to as low power consumption positioning) is not clear, and the corresponding specific solution is still under discussion.
一般地,小区重选指终端设备在RRC_IDLE状态或RRC_INACTIVE状态通过监测邻区和当前小区的信号质量以选择一个最好的小区提供服务信号的过程。小区重选可以包括如下3个过程:Generally, cell reselection refers to a process in which a terminal device selects the best cell to provide service signals by monitoring the signal quality of neighboring cells and the current cell in RRC_IDLE state or RRC_INACTIVE state. Cell reselection may include the following three processes:
1.根据测量启动标准,测量当前服务小区和邻区(包括同频,异频,异系统的小区);1. According to the measurement start standard, measure the current serving cell and neighboring cells (including cells of the same frequency, different frequency, and different systems);
2.判别邻区信号是否符合重选标准;2. Determine whether the signal of the neighboring cell meets the reselection criteria;
3.符合则启动重选,接收新小区的系统消息(例如:系统消息块1(System Information Block 1,SIB1)),若无接入受限(比如运营商可能有一些预留小区或者对接入有限制的小区)等,则驻留新小区。不符合则仍然停留在当前服务小区;3. If it matches, start reselection, receive system information of the new cell (for example: System Information Block 1 (System Information Block 1, SIB1)), if there is no access restriction (for example, the operator may have some reserved cells or docking Enter a restricted cell), etc., then reside in a new cell. If it does not meet the requirements, it will still stay in the current serving cell;
其中,邻区测量时需要考虑两个参数——小区重选优先级和当前驻留的小区的信号质量。过程可以简述为:优先级比当前小区高的,不管自己当前小区的质量有多好,都要无条件启动测量;优先级小于等于当前小区的,终端设备测量当前驻留的小区的信号质量并和网络下发的质量标准比较,如果好于这个标准就不测量邻区,如果比这个标准差,就测量邻区。小区重选测量后开始判别小区质量,并进行小区重选,相关依据包括服务小区信号质量、邻区信号质量、网络下发重选阈值和小区访问接入参数。Among them, two parameters need to be considered when measuring adjacent cells—cell reselection priority and signal quality of the cell currently camped on. The process can be briefly described as: if the priority is higher than the current cell, no matter how good the quality of the current cell is, the measurement must be started unconditionally; Compared with the quality standard issued by the network, if it is better than this standard, the adjacent cell will not be measured; if it is worse than this standard, the adjacent cell will be measured. After the cell reselection measurement, the quality of the cell is judged and cell reselection is performed. The relevant basis includes the signal quality of the serving cell, the signal quality of the neighboring cell, the reselection threshold issued by the network, and the cell access parameters.
可选的,小区访问接入参数包括小区是否禁止(barred),是否预留(reserved)或接入等级等)。Optionally, the cell access parameters include whether the cell is barred, whether it is reserved (reserved, or access level, etc.).
在低功耗定位的一种可能的实现过程中,终端设备需要基于用于定位的下行参考信号(以下简称下行参考信号)的配置信息,在处于低功耗模式下接收来自网络设备的下行参考信号以获得时频同步。在获得时频同步之后,终端设备在低功耗模式下向网络设备发送用于定位的上行参考信号(以下简称上行参考信号),使得网络设备测量上行参考信号以确定终端设备的位置,实现对终端设备的定位。In a possible implementation process of low power consumption positioning, the terminal device needs to receive the downlink reference signal from the network device in the low power consumption mode based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal (hereinafter referred to as the downlink reference signal) used for positioning. signal for time-frequency synchronization. After obtaining time-frequency synchronization, the terminal device sends an uplink reference signal for positioning (hereinafter referred to as the uplink reference signal) to the network device in the low power consumption mode, so that the network device measures the uplink reference signal to determine the position of the terminal device, and realizes positioning. The location of the end device.
可选的,终端设备处于低功耗模式可以是指终端设备处于RRC_INACTIVE状态或 RRC_IDLE状态。Optionally, the terminal device being in the low power consumption mode may mean that the terminal device is in the RRC_INACTIVE state or the RRC_IDLE state.
一般地,不同小区的下行参考信号的配置信息可能是不同的,终端设备有可能发生小区重选而导致下行参考信号的配置信息需要更新。为了避免终端设备接收的下行参考信号的信号质量较差而导致获得时频同步失败,终端设备在基于下行参考信号的配置信息接收下行参考信号之前,终端设备需要基于无线资源管理(radio resource management,RRM)测量确定出驻留小区的下行参考信号的配置信息,再基于驻留小区的下行参考信号的配置信息接收下行参考信号以获得时频同步。Generally, the configuration information of the downlink reference signal in different cells may be different, and the terminal device may reselect a cell, so that the configuration information of the downlink reference signal needs to be updated. In order to avoid the failure of obtaining time-frequency synchronization due to the poor signal quality of the downlink reference signal received by the terminal device, before the terminal device receives the downlink reference signal based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal, the terminal device needs to be based on radio resource management (radio resource management, RRM) measurement determines the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides, and then receives the downlink reference signal based on the configuration information of the downlink reference signal of the cell where the cell resides to obtain time-frequency synchronization.
然而,在上述低功耗定位的实现过程中,终端设备需要退出低功耗模式才可以基于RRM测量获得时频同步,导致终端设备的功耗较大,影响用户体验。However, in the implementation process of the above-mentioned low-power positioning, the terminal device needs to exit the low-power mode to obtain time-frequency synchronization based on RRM measurement, resulting in high power consumption of the terminal device and affecting user experience.
上述技术问题的一种解决方案中,终端可以基于配置的方式或预配置的方式确定一个小区列表,在这个小区列表所包含的一个或多个小区对应的SRS配置可能是相同的。使得该终端设备在该一个或多个小区里面移动时,该终端设备依然可以继续使用该SRS配置,而无需向网络设备请求更新SRS配置。In a solution to the above technical problem, the terminal may determine a cell list based on configuration or pre-configuration, and the SRS configurations corresponding to one or more cells included in the cell list may be the same. When the terminal device moves in the one or more cells, the terminal device can continue to use the SRS configuration without requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration.
然而,该实现过程的问题在于:终端设备收到SRS配置关联的小区列表之后,确定该SRS配置是否可用,是建立在终端设备持续在RRC_INACTIVE状态执行移动性测量的前提。也就是说终端设备需要持续执行邻区测量,且要持续评估当前驻留小区与邻区相比是否满足小区重选条件。在决定重选小区之后,还需要读取新的驻留小区的系统信息。这些动作对于定位而言没有额外的用途,但是却会增加终端的功耗。However, the problem with this implementation process is that after the terminal equipment receives the cell list associated with the SRS configuration, determining whether the SRS configuration is available is based on the premise that the terminal equipment continues to perform mobility measurement in the RRC_INACTIVE state. That is to say, the terminal device needs to continuously perform neighbor cell measurement, and continuously evaluate whether the current camping cell satisfies the cell reselection condition compared with the neighbor cell. After deciding to reselect a cell, it is also necessary to read the system information of the new camping cell. These actions have no additional purpose for positioning, but will increase the power consumption of the terminal.
此外,常规的INACTIVE态小区移动性测量基于SSB,相应的终端同步也基于SSB。由于SSB的时域位置相对固定,且在常规20毫秒(ms)的SSB周期下,终端同步SSB到发送SRS之间可能超过15ms,在15ms内终端需要维持时钟同步,意味着终端无法进入睡眠状态,从而引起功耗增加。In addition, the conventional INACTIVE state cell mobility measurement is based on SSB, and the corresponding terminal synchronization is also based on SSB. Since the time domain position of SSB is relatively fixed, and under the normal SSB cycle of 20 milliseconds (ms), the time between the terminal synchronizing SSB and sending SRS may exceed 15ms, and the terminal needs to maintain clock synchronization within 15ms, which means that the terminal cannot enter the sleep state , resulting in increased power consumption.
为了解决上述技术问题,本申请提供了一种通信方法及装置,用于使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。In order to solve the above technical problems, the present application provides a communication method and device, which are used to reduce power consumption of terminal equipment, increase battery life, and improve user experience.
请参阅图3,为本申请提供的一种通信方法的一个示意图,该方法包括如下步骤。Please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication method provided by this application, and the method includes the following steps.
S101.网络设备发送第一配置信息。S101. The network device sends first configuration information.
本实施例中,网络设备在步骤S101中向终端设备发送第一配置信息,相应的,终端设备在步骤S101中接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息。具体地,网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息用于配置至少一个下行参考信号集合。In this embodiment, the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal device in step S101, and correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device in step S101. Specifically, the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101 is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set.
可选的,该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS);或,该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为跟踪参考信号(tracking reference signal,TRS)。Optionally, the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal (channel state information reference signal, CSI-RS); or, the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a tracking reference signal (tracking reference signal, TRS).
可选的,该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为一种特殊的CSI-RS,主要用于实现高精度的下行时频跟踪。Optionally, the downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a special CSI-RS, which is mainly used to realize high-precision downlink time-frequency tracking.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在步骤S101中,终端设备处于CONNECTED态,接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息。In a possible implementation manner, in step S101, the terminal device is in a CONNECTED state, and receives first configuration information from a network device.
其中,该第一配置信息承载于系统信息;或,该第一配置信息承载于RRCRelease消息。Wherein, the first configuration information is carried in system information; or, the first configuration information is carried in an RRCRelease message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在步骤S101中向终端设备所发送的第一配置信息包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the first configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device in step S101 includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息与该至少一个下行参考信号集合一一对应。Optionally, the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one set of downlink reference signals.
可选的,该至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息对应于该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的多个下行参考信号集合。Optionally, each configuration information in the at least one configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
示例性的,一个下行参考信号集合可以包括一个或多个TRS,其中,每个TRS对应一个CSI-RS资源集(resource set)。Exemplarily, a downlink reference signal set may include one or more TRSs, where each TRS corresponds to a CSI-RS resource set (resource set).
在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在步骤S101中向终端设备所发送的第一配置信息包括至少一个配置信息,该至少一个配置信息与该至少一个下行参考信号集合一一对应;In another possible implementation manner, the first configuration information sent by the network device to the terminal device in step S101 includes at least one configuration information, and the at least one configuration information corresponds to the at least one downlink reference signal set;
其中,至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
具体地,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的参考信号的数量可以为一个或n(n为大于1的整数)个。其中,在至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的参考信号的数量可以为n个时,用于配置n个参考信号集合的第一配置信息中,所包含的配置信息的数量与至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的参考信号的数量可以是相同(即上述一一对应的实现方式),也可以是不同的(即第一配置信息对应于多个下行参考信号集合),使得网络设备在步骤S101中向终端设备所发送的第一配置信息可以通过上述多种方式实现。Specifically, the number of reference signals included in at least one downlink reference signal set may be one or n (n is an integer greater than 1). Wherein, when the number of reference signals contained in at least one downlink reference signal set can be n, in the first configuration information used to configure n reference signal sets, the number of configuration information contained in the at least one downlink reference signal set is equal to The number of reference signals included in the set may be the same (that is, the above-mentioned one-to-one correspondence implementation), or different (that is, the first configuration information corresponds to multiple downlink reference signal sets), so that the network device in step S101 The first configuration information sent to the terminal device may be implemented in the above multiple manners.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1的情况下,在下行参考信号为TRS时,一个下行参考信号集合包括一个或多个配置成TRS的CSI-RS资源集所对应的TRS。Optionally, when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, one downlink reference signal set includes one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS Corresponding TRS.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为n的情况下,在下行参考信号为TRS时,n个下行参考信号集合中的任一个下行参考信号集合包括一个或多个配置成TRS的CSI-RS资源集所对应的TRS。Optionally, when the number of downlink references contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is n, when the downlink reference signal is a TRS, any downlink reference signal set in the n downlink reference signal sets includes one or more configurations The TRS corresponding to the CSI-RS resource set of the TRS.
S102.终端设备基于第一配置信息接收至少一个下行参考信号集合。S102. The terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information.
本实施例中,网络设备在步骤S102中,基于步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息向终端设备发送至少一个下行参考信号集合。相应的,终端设备在步骤S102中,基于步骤S101所接收的第一配置信息接收来自网络设备的至少一个下行参考信号集合。In this embodiment, in step S102, the network device sends at least one downlink reference signal set to the terminal device based on the first configuration information sent in step S101. Correspondingly, in step S102, the terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set from the network device based on the first configuration information received in step S101.
可选的,终端设备在步骤S102中接收得到至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分或全部。Optionally, the terminal device receives part or all of at least one downlink reference signal set in step S102.
可选的,在步骤S101中发送该第一配置信息的网络设备与在步骤S102中发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合的网络设备可以是同一个网络设备,也可以是不同的网络设备。Optionally, the network device that sends the first configuration information in step S101 and the network device that sends the at least one downlink reference signal set in step S102 may be the same network device or different network devices.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在步骤S102中,终端设备处于INACTIVE态或IDLE态,基于第一配置信息接收至少一个下行参考信号集合。In a possible implementation manner, in step S102, the terminal device is in the INACTIVE state or the IDLE state, and receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information.
S103.终端设备基于至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值。S103. The terminal device performs measurement based on at least one set of downlink reference signals to obtain a first measurement value.
本实施例中,终端设备基于步骤S102接收得到的至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值。In this embodiment, the terminal device performs measurement based on at least one set of downlink reference signals received and obtained in step S102, to obtain the first measurement value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一测量值包括参考信号接收功率(reference signal received power,RSRP)和参考信号接收质量(reference signal received quality,RSRQ)中的至少一项。换言之,该第一测量值具体可以为RSPR,或者,该第一测量值具体可以为RSPQ,或者,该第一测量值具体可以为RSPR和RSPQ,或者是其他的实现方式,此处不作具体的限定。In a possible implementation manner, the first measurement value includes at least one of reference signal received power (reference signal received power, RSRP) and reference signal received quality (reference signal received quality, RSRQ). In other words, the first measured value may specifically be RSPR, or the first measured value may specifically be RSPQ, or the first measured value may specifically be RSPR and RSPQ, or other implementation manners, which are not specifically described here. limited.
S104.在第一测量值大于第一阈值时,终端设备确定跳过RRM测量。S104. When the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip RRM measurement.
本实施例中,当终端设备在确定步骤S103得到的第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备在步骤S104中确定跳过RRM测量。In this embodiment, when the first measurement value obtained by the terminal device in step S103 is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement in step S104.
需要说明的是,在步骤S104中,在第一测量值大于第一阈值时,终端设备确定跳过RRM测量,可以表述为,终端设备跳过RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备被允许跳过RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备被允许无需执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备被允许不执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备确定无需执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备无需执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备确定不执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,终端设备不执行RRM测量;还可以表述为,允许该终端设备不执行RRM测量。It should be noted that, in step S104, when the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement, which can be expressed as that the terminal device skips the RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed to skip the RRM measurement. It can also be expressed as that the terminal device is not allowed to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device is not allowed to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as that the terminal device determines that it does not need to perform RRM measurement; it can also be expressed as, The terminal device does not need to perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device determines not to perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device does not perform RRM measurement; it may also be expressed as that the terminal device is allowed not to perform RRM measurement.
可选的,在步骤S104之前,该方法还包括,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第一阈值。其中,该第一阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于同一条消息中。或者,该第一阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于不同消息中,此处不做限定。Optionally, before step S104, the method further includes that the terminal device receives the first threshold sent from the network device. Wherein, the first threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101. Alternatively, the first threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
可选的,该第一阈值预配置于该终端设备。Optionally, the first threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该终端设备在步骤S104中确定跳过该RRM测量包括:该终端设备基于第一信息确定跳过该RRM测量,该第一信息用于指示允许该终端设备不基于服务小区的SSB的测量结果执行确定是否执行同频小区测量。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement in step S104 includes: the terminal device determining to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to The determination of whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement is performed based on the measurement result of the SSB of the serving cell.
进一步的,该第一信息还可以用于指示允许该终端设备不基于异频或异无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)的优先级以及服务小区的SSB测量结果确定是否执行异频、异RAT测量。Further, the first information may also be used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform different frequency or different radio access technology (radio access technology, RAT) priority and the SSB measurement result of the serving cell. RAT measurement.
可选的,该第一信息预配置于该终端设备。Optionally, the first information is preconfigured on the terminal device.
可选的,在步骤S104之前,该方法还包括:终端设备接收来自该网络设备发送的该第一信息。Optionally, before step S104, the method further includes: the terminal device receives the first information sent from the network device.
具体地,在该第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备可以基于第一信息确定跳过RRM测量。其中,该终端设备基于该第一信息所跳过的RRM测量具体可以为:在小区重选过程 中,终端设备测量当前服务小区和邻区(包括同频,异频,异RAT的小区)的过程。Specifically, when the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device may determine to skip the RRM measurement based on the first information. Wherein, the RRM measurement skipped by the terminal device based on the first information may specifically be: during the cell reselection process, the terminal device measures the current serving cell and neighboring cells (including cells of the same frequency, different frequency, and different RAT) process.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备在步骤S104确定跳过的RRM测量具体可以包括同频小区测量、异频小区测量、异RAT测量中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner, the RRM measurement that the terminal device determines to skip in step S104 may specifically include at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
可选的,该RRM测量可表述为同频小区测量、异频小区测量、异RAT测量。Optionally, the RRM measurement may be described as intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
可选的,该RRM测量可表述为同频小区测量。Optionally, the RRM measurement may be expressed as intra-frequency cell measurement.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备在步骤S101接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息中,该第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区。其中,在该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备在步骤S103确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较优,使得终端设备可以确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该一个或多个小区中。换言之,终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合可以在驻留小区中获得时频同步,使得该终端设备在步骤S104确定跳过RRM测量。从而,在至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值大于第一阈值时,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行RRM测量即可获得时频同步,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device receives the first configuration information from the network device in step S101, at least one downlink reference signal set configured by the first configuration information is used for one or more cells. Wherein, when the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines in step S103 that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is relatively good, so that the terminal device can determine that the terminal device The residential cell of is located in the one or more cells. In other words, based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides, so that the terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement in step S104. Therefore, when the first measurement value corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is greater than the first threshold, since the terminal device can obtain time-frequency synchronization without exiting the low power consumption mode to perform RRM measurement, the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced and increased. Long battery life improves user experience.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在步骤S104的实现过程中,在该第一测量值小于该第一阈值时,该终端设备执行该RRM测量。In a possible implementation manner, during the implementation of step S104, when the first measurement value is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
需要说明的是,在本实施例及后续实施例中,用于确定终端设备跳过RRM测量的“第一阈值”和用于确定终端设备执行RRM测量的“第一阈值”可以是相同的,也可以是不同的(例如用于确定终端设备跳过RRM测量的“第一阈值”大于用于确定终端设备执行RRM测量的“第一阈值”)。It should be noted that, in this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, the "first threshold" used to determine that the terminal device skips RRM measurement and the "first threshold" used to determine that the terminal device performs RRM measurement may be the same, It can also be different (for example, the "first threshold" for determining that the terminal device skips RRM measurement is greater than the "first threshold" for determining that the terminal device performs RRM measurement).
可选的,在该第一测量值等于该第一阈值时,该终端设备确定跳过RRM测量。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip RRM measurement.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于该第一阈值时,该终端设备执行该RRM测量。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
具体地,终端设备在步骤S101接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息中,该第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区。其中,在终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值小于第一阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,使得终端设备可以确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该一个或多个小区之外的其他小区。换言之,终端设备可能无法基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合在驻留小区中获得时频同步,使得该终端设备需要执行RRM测量并在驻留小区中获取时频同步。Specifically, in the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device in step S101, at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information is used for one or more cells. Wherein, when the terminal device determines that the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, so that the terminal device can determine that the terminal device The cell where the cell resides is located in other cells other than the one or more cells. In other words, the terminal device may not be able to obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the terminal device needs to perform RRM measurement and obtain time-frequency synchronization in the cell where it resides.
S105.终端设备基于第一测量值确定SRS是否有效。S105. The terminal device determines whether the SRS is valid based on the first measurement value.
本实施例中,终端设备在步骤S105中,基于步骤S103得到的第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效。In this embodiment, in step S105, the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value obtained in step S103.
可选的,在步骤S103之后,该终端设备可以执行步骤S104以确定是否执行RRM测量,并且该终端设备执行步骤S105以发送SRS,实现网络设备对该终端设备的定位。或者,该终端设备可以执行步骤S104以确定是否执行RRM测量而不执行步骤S105。或者,该终端设备可以不执行步骤S104确定是否执行RRM测量的过程而执行步骤S105以发送SRS,实现网络设备对该终端设备的定位,此处不做限定。Optionally, after step S103, the terminal device may execute step S104 to determine whether to perform RRM measurement, and the terminal device executes step S105 to send an SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device. Alternatively, the terminal device may perform step S104 to determine whether to perform RRM measurement without performing step S105. Alternatively, the terminal device may perform step S105 to send the SRS instead of performing the process of determining whether to perform RRM measurement in step S104, so as to realize the positioning of the terminal device by the network device, which is not limited here.
需要说明的是,该终端设备在步骤S105中基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效具体包括:在第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效,即终端设备可以发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS,使得网络设备基于该SRS实现对终端设备的定位;在第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS无效,即终端设备不发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS,该终端设备向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息以发送SRS。It should be noted that, in step S105, the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value specifically includes: when the first measurement value is greater than a second threshold, the terminal device determines that the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid. Whether the SRS corresponding to a downlink reference signal set is valid, that is, the terminal device can send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the network device can locate the terminal device based on the SRS; when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold The terminal device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, that is, the terminal device does not send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, and the terminal device requests the network device to update SRS configuration information to send the SRS.
此外,在步骤S105中,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效,可以表述为,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否可用;还可以表述为,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定是否发送至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS;还可以表述为,该终端设备基于该第一测量值确定是否中止发送至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS。In addition, in step S105, the terminal device determines whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device determines based on the first measurement value It can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to send the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first measurement value; it can also be expressed as, the terminal device determines whether to suspend sending based on the first measurement value The SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set.
可选的,在步骤S104之前,该方法还包括,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第二阈值。其中,该第二阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于同一条消息中。或者,该第二阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于不同消息中,此处不做限定。Optionally, before step S104, the method further includes that the terminal device receives the second threshold sent from the network device. Wherein, the second threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101. Alternatively, the second threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
可选的,该第二阈值预配置于该终端设备。Optionally, the second threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前述步骤S101中,终端设备所接收得到的来自网络设备的第一配置信息用于配置至少一个下行参考信号集合,其中,至少一个下行参考信号集合中下行参考信号集合的数量可以为一个或多个。下面将针对至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量的不同,而至少一个下行参考信号集合所对应的SRS的多种实现方式进行描述。In a possible implementation manner, in the aforementioned step S101, the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set, wherein the downlink reference signal in at least one downlink reference signal set The number of signal sets can be one or more. The following will describe various implementations of the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set according to the difference in the number of downlink references included in the at least one downlink reference signal set.
在一个实现示例中,在前述步骤S101中,终端设备所接收得到的来自网络设备的第一配置信息用于配置一个下行参考信号集合,换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1。In an implementation example, in the aforementioned step S101, the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure a set of downlink reference signals, in other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one set of downlink reference signals is 1.
在步骤S105之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置第一SRS;该第一SRS关联于该至少一个下行参考信号集合;在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该终端设备基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS。Before step S105, the method further includes: the terminal device receives second configuration information from the network device, the second configuration information is used to configure the first SRS; the first SRS is associated with the at least one downlink reference signal set; When the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
具体地,在步骤S105之前,终端设备还可以接收来自网络设备的第二配置信息,其中,终端设备基于该第二配置信息所发送的SRS可以用于网络设备对该终端设备进行定位。在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,终端设备在步骤S105中确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS有效,使得该终端设备基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS。从而,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息即可发送SRS实现低功耗定位,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Specifically, before step S105, the terminal device may also receive second configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the second configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device. When the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device determines in step S105 that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid, so that the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在步骤S105的实现过程中,在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该终端设备中止发送该第一SRS。In a possible implementation manner, during the implementation of step S105, when the first measured value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
需要说明的是,在本实施例及后续实施例中,用于确定终端设备发送第一SRS的“第 二阈值”和用于确定终端设备中止发送第一SRS的“第二阈值”可以是相同的,也可以是不同的(例如用于确定终端设备发送第一SRS的“第二阈值”大于用于确定终端设备中止发送第一SRS的“第二阈值”)。It should be noted that, in this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS and the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS may be the same may also be different (for example, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the first SRS is greater than the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS).
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS无效。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备中止发送该第一SRS。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
具体地,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS无效,使得该终端设备中止发送该第一SRS。换言之,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,该终端设备需要向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息以发送SRS。Specifically, when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the first SRS. In other words, when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
在另一个实现示例中,在前述步骤S101中,终端设备所接收得到的来自网络设备的第一配置信息用于配置多个下行参考信号集合,换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为多个(即n个)。In another implementation example, in the aforementioned step S101, the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure multiple downlink reference signal sets, in other words, the downlink reference signal contained in at least one downlink reference signal set The quantity is multiple (namely n).
在步骤S105之前,该方法还包括:该终端设备接收来自该网络设备的第三配置信息,该第三配置信息用于配置关联于n个下行参考信号集合的q个SRS,其中,q小于等于n;在第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该终端设备基于该第三配置信息发送目标SRS,其中,该目标SRS为q个SRS中关联于n个下行参考信号集合中该第一测量值对应的下行参考信号集合的SRS。Before step S105, the method further includes: the terminal device receives third configuration information from the network device, the third configuration information is used to configure q SRSs associated with n downlink reference signal sets, where q is less than or equal to n: when the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device sends a target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is the first measurement value associated with n downlink reference signal sets among the q SRSs The SRS of the corresponding downlink reference signal set.
可选的,第三配置信息所配置的SRS的数量q可以包括多种实现方式,包括:Optionally, the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include multiple implementations, including:
q为1;或,q is 1; or,
q等于n,其中,q个SRS与n个下行参考信号集合一一对应;或,q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
q大于1且q小于n,其中,q个SRS所包含的每一个SRS对应于n个下行参考信号集合中的一个或多个下行参考信号集合。q is greater than 1 and q is less than n, where each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
具体地,在步骤S105之前,终端设备还可以接收来自网络设备的第三配置信息,其中,终端设备基于该第三配置信息所发送的SRS可以用于网络设备对该终端设备进行定位。在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,终端设备在步骤S105中确定该目标SRS有效,使得该终端设备基于该第三配置信息发送该目标SRS。从而,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息即可发送SRS实现低功耗定位,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Specifically, before step S105, the terminal device may also receive third configuration information from the network device, wherein the SRS sent by the terminal device based on the third configuration information may be used by the network device to locate the terminal device. When the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device determines in step S105 that the target SRS is valid, so that the terminal device sends the target SRS based on the third configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在步骤S105的实现过程中,在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。In a possible implementation manner, during the implementation of step S105, when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
需要说明的是,在本实施例及后续实施例中,用于确定终端设备发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”和用于确定终端设备中止发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”可以是相同的,也可以是不同的(例如用于确定终端设备发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”大于用于确定终端设备中止发送目标SRS的“第二阈值”)。It should be noted that, in this embodiment and subsequent embodiments, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS and the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS may be the same, It may also be different (for example, the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device sends the target SRS is greater than the "second threshold" used to determine that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS).
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的目标SRS无效。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the target SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is invalid.
可选的,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。Optionally, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
具体地,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该目标SRS无效,使得该终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。换言之,在该第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,该终端设备需要向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息以发送SRS。Specifically, when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the target SRS is invalid, so that the terminal device stops sending the target SRS. In other words, when the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, and the terminal device needs to request the network device to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
可选的,在上述实现示例中,网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息和该第二配置信息(或第三配置信息)承载于同一消息中。Optionally, in the above implementation examples, the first configuration information and the second configuration information (or third configuration information) sent by the network device in step S101 are carried in the same message.
可选的,在上述实现示例中,网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息和该第二配置信息(或第三配置信息)承载于不同消息中。Optionally, in the above implementation example, the first configuration information and the second configuration information (or third configuration information) sent by the network device in step S101 are carried in different messages.
可选的,在上述实现示例中,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS(或目标SRS)有效。Optionally, in the above implementation example, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the first SRS (or target SRS) corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid.
可选的,在上述实现示例中,在该第一测量值等于第二阈值时,终端设备基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS(或目标SRS)。Optionally, in the above implementation example, when the first measurement value is equal to the second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS (or target SRS) based on the second configuration information.
可选的,在上述实现示例中,该第二阈值小于该第一阈值。具体地,该第二阈值可以小于该第一阈值。其中,在第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较好,使得终端设备在步骤S104中无需执行RRM且该终端设备在步骤S105中可以发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS,以使得网络设备基于该第一SRS对该终端设备进行定位。在第一测量值小于第一阈值且大于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量一般,使得终端设备在步骤S104中执行RRM且该终端设备在步骤S105中可以发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一SRS,以使得网络设备基于该第一SRS对该终端设备进行定位。在第一测量值小于第二阈值时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较差,使得终端设备在步骤S104中执行RRM以使得网络设备确定驻留小区,并且需要向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息以发送SRS。Optionally, in the foregoing implementation example, the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold. Specifically, the second threshold may be smaller than the first threshold. Wherein, when the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is good, so that the terminal device does not need to perform RRM in step S104 and the terminal device can send in step S105 The at least one downlink reference signal sets the corresponding first SRS, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS. When the first measurement value is less than the first threshold and greater than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is average, so that the terminal device performs RRM in step S104 and the terminal device can in step S105 Sending the first SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, so that the network device locates the terminal device based on the first SRS. When the first measurement value is less than the second threshold, the terminal device determines that the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set is poor, so that the terminal device performs RRM in step S104 so that the network device determines the cell to camp on, and needs to report to the network The device requests to update SRS configuration information to send SRS.
可选的,该第二阈值大于或等于该第一阈值。Optionally, the second threshold is greater than or equal to the first threshold.
基于上述技术方案,终端设备在步骤S101中接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息中,该第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区。其中,该终端设备在步骤S105中可以基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效。其中,在步骤S105中,终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS有效时,该终端设备确定该至少一个下行参考信号集合的信号质量较优,使得该终端设备可以无需向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息,即可发送该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS。从而,由于终端设备无需退出低功耗模式执行向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息即可发送SRS实现低功耗定位,使得终端设备的功耗得以降低,增加续航时长,提升用户体验。Based on the above technical solution, the terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device in step S101, at least one downlink reference signal set configured by the first configuration information is used for one or more cells. Wherein, in step S105, the terminal device may determine whether the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set. Wherein, in step S105, when the terminal device determines that the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set, the terminal device determines the signal quality of the at least one downlink reference signal set Preferably, the terminal device can send the SRS corresponding to the at least one downlink reference signal set without requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information. Therefore, since the terminal device does not need to exit the low power consumption mode to request the network device to update the SRS configuration information, it can send SRS to realize low power consumption positioning, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced, the battery life can be increased, and the user experience can be improved.
在前述步骤S101中,终端设备所接收得到的来自网络设备的第一配置信息用于配置至少一个下行参考信号集合,其中,至少一个下行参考信号集合中下行参考信号集合的数量 可以为一个或多个。相应的,终端设备可以基于一个或多个下行参考信号集合在步骤S103中执行测量过程。下面将结合图4和图5所示实现示例中的实现场景,进一步说明。In the aforementioned step S101, the first configuration information received by the terminal device from the network device is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set, where the number of downlink reference signal sets in the at least one downlink reference signal set can be one or more indivual. Correspondingly, the terminal device may perform a measurement process in step S103 based on one or more sets of downlink reference signals. The implementation scenarios in the implementation examples shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 will be further described below.
实现方式一,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为1个。 Implementation manner 1, the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
应理解,如前述步骤S101所描述的内容,第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合的数量可以为1个。此时,该第一配置信息可以为1个独立的CSI-RS资源对应的配置信息,也可以为1个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集对应的配置信息(例如,1个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集可以包括同一个时隙中的2个CSI-RS资源,也可以包括相邻两个时隙中的4个CSI-RS资源),也可以为1个包括一个或多个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置对应的配置信息(例如,1个包括一个或多个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置对应38.331标准文档中的信道状态信息-资源配置信息元素(CSI-ResourceConfig IE)所描述的实现方式)。It should be understood that, as described in the foregoing step S101, the number of at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information may be one. At this time, the first configuration information may be configuration information corresponding to one independent CSI-RS resource, or configuration information corresponding to one CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS (for example, one CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS The CSI-RS resource set can include 2 CSI-RS resources in the same time slot, or 4 CSI-RS resources in two adjacent time slots), or one or more configurations The configuration information corresponding to the CSI resource configuration of the CSI-RS resource set of TRS (for example, one CSI resource configuration including one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS corresponds to the channel state information in the 38.331 standard document - resource The implementation described in the configuration information element (CSI-ResourceConfig IE).
下面将结合图4和图5所示实现示例对实现方式一进行详细说明。为便于描述,在下述示例中,以至少一个下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为1个TRS,第一测量值为RSRP(相应的,第一阈值为第一RSPR阈值,第二阈值为第二RSPR阈值)作为示例进行说明。 Implementation mode 1 will be described in detail below with reference to the implementation examples shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 . For the convenience of description, in the following example, the downlink reference signal contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 1 TRS, and the first measurement value is RSRP (correspondingly, the first threshold is the first RSPR threshold, and the second threshold is the first RSPR threshold. Two RSPR thresholds) are illustrated as an example.
在实现方式一中,终端设备在步骤S101接收第一配置信息之后,可以进入低功耗待机模式(例如INACTIVE态或IDLE态)。此后,该终端设备在低功耗待机模式下,对应图4(图4所示柱状图的高度的高低指示功耗的多少,即高度越高功耗越高,高度越低功耗越低)所示深度睡眠(deep sleep)状态,在周期性SRS即将发送的时刻,极低功耗内部时钟提供粗定时让终端设备提前唤醒。经过功耗攀升(ramp up)的时间,终端设备完成上电以及软件、程序载入,开启射频通道在步骤S102中接收TRS以完成时频同步。In the first implementation manner, after receiving the first configuration information in step S101, the terminal device may enter a low power consumption standby mode (for example, INACTIVE state or IDLE state). Thereafter, the terminal device is in the low-power standby mode, corresponding to Figure 4 (the height of the bar graph shown in Figure 4 indicates the power consumption, that is, the higher the height, the higher the power consumption, and the lower the height, the lower the power consumption) In the deep sleep state shown, when the periodic SRS is about to be sent, the extremely low power internal clock provides rough timing to allow the terminal device to wake up in advance. After the power consumption ramps up, the terminal device completes power-on and software and program loading, opens the radio frequency channel and receives TRS in step S102 to complete time-frequency synchronization.
除了同步本身,终端设备在步骤S103中测量TRS还可以获得RSRP,并用于在步骤S104和步骤S105中判断是否跳过RRM参考以及TRS对应的SRS是否可用。具体包括:In addition to the synchronization itself, the terminal device can also obtain the RSRP by measuring the TRS in step S103, and use it in step S104 and step S105 to determine whether to skip the RRM reference and whether the SRS corresponding to the TRS is available. Specifically include:
若TRS的RSRP高于第一RSRP阈值,终端设备不需要做IDLE或者INACTIVE的移动性测量(即RRM测量),此时若多个小区发送相同的TRS(即多个小区采用单频网(Single frequency network,SFN)方法发送TRS),终端设备无需感知移动性引起的服务小区变化。If the RSRP of the TRS is higher than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device does not need to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (that is, RRM measurement). frequency network, SFN) method to send TRS), the terminal device does not need to perceive the change of the serving cell caused by mobility.
若TRS的RSRP低于第一RSRP阈值,终端设备则开始做IDLE或者INACTIVE的移动性测量(RRM测量),包括终端设备基于RRCRelease消息或者服务小区SIB配置的同频、异频、异RAT邻区配置测量邻区的SSB或者CSI-RS,并且基于TS 38.304确定的IDLE或者INACTIVE态下小区选择、小区重选流程确定驻留小区。If the RSRP of the TRS is lower than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device starts to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (RRM measurement), including the same-frequency, different-frequency, and different-RAT neighboring cells configured by the terminal device based on the RRCRelease message or the SIB of the serving cell Configure the SSB or CSI-RS for measuring neighboring cells, and determine the cell to reside on based on the cell selection and cell reselection procedures in the IDLE or INACTIVE state determined by TS 38.304.
若TRS的RSRP高于第二RSRP阈值,终端设备可以发送该TRS对应的SRS。If the RSRP of the TRS is higher than the second RSRP threshold, the terminal device may send the SRS corresponding to the TRS.
若TRS的RSRP低于第二RSRP阈值,终端设备不能发送该TRS对应的SRS,若终端设备依然需要发送SRS,可以向驻留小区发起接入,请求更新SRS或者请求使用SRS配置以发送SRS。If the RSRP of the TRS is lower than the second RSRP threshold, the terminal device cannot send the SRS corresponding to the TRS. If the terminal device still needs to send the SRS, it can initiate access to the cell where it resides, and request to update the SRS or request to use the SRS configuration to send the SRS.
可选的,这里的TRS的RSRP,一般为CSI-RSRP,因为TRS是一种特殊的CSI-RS。同时CSI-RSRP可以是层1的RSRP,也可以是层3的RSRP。Optionally, the RSRP of the TRS here is generally CSI-RSRP, because the TRS is a special CSI-RS. At the same time, the CSI-RSRP can be the RSRP of layer 1 or the RSRP of layer 3.
例如,若为层1的RSRP,该RSRP为物理层直接测量获得。For example, if it is the RSRP of layer 1, the RSRP is obtained through direct measurement of the physical layer.
又如,若为层3的RSRP,该RSRP为多次物理层测量上报经过层3滤波获得。示例性的,该滤波方法满足以下方式:For another example, if it is the RSRP of layer 3, the RSRP is obtained through layer 3 filtering after multiple physical layer measurement reports. Exemplarily, the filtering method satisfies the following methods:
F n=(1-α)F n-1+αM n Fn = (1-α)Fn -1 + αMn ;
其中,F n为第n次滤波输出,相应的F n-1为第n-1次滤波输出,M n为第n次滤波前物理层向层3上报的RSRP值。另,F 0=M 1,保证第一次滤波输出等于物理层上报值。 Wherein, F n is the output of the n-th filter, correspondingly F n-1 is the output of the n-1 filter, and M n is the RSRP value reported by the physical layer to layer 3 before the n-th filter. In addition, F 0 =M 1 , to ensure that the first filtering output is equal to the value reported by the physical layer.
一般来说,第一RSRP阈值高于第二RSRP阈值,这样终端设备的行为为RSRP高于第一RSRP阈值,不做RRM,使用SRS;介于第一RSRP和第二RSRP阈值之间,做RRM,使用SRS;低于第二RSRP阈值,做RRM,不能使用SRS,需要接入网络请求更新SRS或者请求使用SRS配置发送SRS。Generally speaking, the first RSRP threshold is higher than the second RSRP threshold, so the behavior of the terminal device is that the RSRP is higher than the first RSRP threshold, do not perform RRM, and use SRS; between the first RSRP threshold and the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, use SRS; below the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, cannot use SRS, need to access the network to request to update SRS or request to use SRS configuration to send SRS.
在步骤S105中发送SRS之后,终端设备设备经过功耗下降(ramp down)的时间,完成下电,并重新回到极低功耗的待机模式。After sending the SRS in step S105, the terminal device completes power-off after a time of power consumption ramp down, and returns to the standby mode with extremely low power consumption.
在上述过程中,由于终端设备内部时钟稳定度较差,存在漂移,终端设备需要每次醒来(即ramp up)以完成时频同步。同时,由于TRS位置比SSB位置更灵活,可以配置在SRS所在时隙(或者SRS所在时隙前一个或两个时隙),如图5所示,发送SRS的时域位置所在时隙为时隙3,接收TRS的时域位置可以位于时隙1、时隙2和时隙3中的至少一个。从而,如图4所示,终端设备基于TRS的同步以及SRS的发送总体持续时间可以很短,例如小于1ms,这样就可以降低终端设备功耗。In the above process, due to the poor stability of the internal clock of the terminal device and drift, the terminal device needs to wake up (that is, ramp up) every time to complete time-frequency synchronization. At the same time, since the TRS position is more flexible than the SSB position, it can be configured in the time slot where the SRS is located (or one or two time slots before the time slot where the SRS is located), as shown in Figure 5, the time slot where the time domain position of the SRS is sent is time Slot 3, the time domain location for receiving the TRS may be at least one of slot 1, slot 2, and slot 3. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4 , the TRS-based synchronization of the terminal device and the overall duration of the SRS transmission can be very short, for example, less than 1 ms, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced.
实现方式一的具体示例如图6和图7所描述。A specific example of implementation mode 1 is described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 7 .
在图6所示场景中,有9个小区,记为C1-C9。其中,C1-C6发送TRS1,C5-C9发送TRS2(TRS1不同于TRS2),注意此时C5、C6位于边界处,同时发送TRS1和TRS2。TRS1的发送方式可以为SFN,即C1-C6使用相同的时频资源发送相同的TRS1。TRS2的发送方式也为SFN,即C5-C9使用相同的时频资源发送相同的TRS2。In the scenario shown in Fig. 6, there are 9 cells, marked as C1-C9. Among them, C1-C6 sends TRS1, and C5-C9 sends TRS2 (TRS1 is different from TRS2). Note that C5 and C6 are located at the border and send TRS1 and TRS2 at the same time. The sending mode of TRS1 may be SFN, that is, C1-C6 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS1. The sending method of TRS2 is also SFN, that is, C5-C9 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS2.
终端的移动方向如图6中虚线所描绘。终端从网络释放(release)连接时,可以是从C1小区收到配置信息,该配置信息包括TRS1的配置,以及TRS1对应的SRS1的配置。The moving direction of the terminal is depicted by the dotted line in FIG. 6 . When the terminal releases (releases) the connection from the network, it may receive configuration information from the C1 cell, and the configuration information includes the configuration of TRS1 and the configuration of SRS1 corresponding to TRS1.
一开始,终端位于C1-C6的包围下,TRS1的RSRP很高,高于第一阈值,终端不需要做(或称跳过)RRM测量(如图7箭头701所示),同时TRS1对应的SRS1的配置可以使用,使得该终端可以发送TRS对应的SRS1(如图7箭头704所示)。At the beginning, the terminal is surrounded by C1-C6, the RSRP of TRS1 is very high, higher than the first threshold, the terminal does not need to perform (or skip) RRM measurement (as shown by arrow 701 in Figure 7), and the corresponding The configuration of SRS1 can be used, so that the terminal can send SRS1 corresponding to the TRS (shown by arrow 704 in FIG. 7 ).
之后,随着终端的移动,终端移出了C1-C5的包围圈,TRS1的RSRP逐渐下降,当低于第一阈值(但是高于第二阈值时),终端需要开始做RRM测量(如图7箭头702所示),即基于C1的SIB配置的同频、异频邻区配置测量邻区的SSB或者CSI-RS,并基于C1的SIB配置的小区重选准则做小区重选;若终端基于小区重选准则选择的新的小区驻留,终端需要基于新的驻留小区的SIB配置的同频、异频邻区配置测量邻区的SSB或者CSI-RS,并基于新的驻留小区的SIB配置的小区重选准则进一步做小区重选,但是TRS1对应的SRS1的配置可以继续使用(如图7箭头704所示)。Afterwards, as the terminal moves, the terminal moves out of the encirclement of C1-C5, and the RSRP of TRS1 gradually decreases. When it is lower than the first threshold (but higher than the second threshold), the terminal needs to start RRM measurement (as shown by the arrow in Figure 7 702), that is, based on the SIB configuration of C1, the same-frequency and different-frequency adjacent cell configuration measures the SSB or CSI-RS of the adjacent cell, and performs cell reselection based on the cell reselection criteria of the SIB configuration of C1; if the terminal is based on the cell To reside in a new cell selected by the reselection criteria, the terminal needs to measure the SSB or CSI-RS of the adjacent cell based on the same-frequency and inter-frequency adjacent cell configurations based on the SIB configuration of the new cell to reside on, and to measure the SSB or CSI-RS based on the SIB of the new cell to reside on The configured cell reselection criteria further perform cell reselection, but the configuration of SRS1 corresponding to TRS1 can continue to be used (as shown by arrow 704 in FIG. 7 ).
可选的,若终端确定TRS1对应的SRS1的配置还包含了SRS适用的小区列表,终端还需要确定当前驻留小区是否在SRS适用的小区列表中,若不在SRS资源则不能使用。Optionally, if the terminal determines that the configuration of SRS1 corresponding to TRS1 also includes a list of cells applicable to SRS, the terminal also needs to determine whether the cell currently camped on is in the list of cells applicable to SRS. If it is not in the SRS resource, it cannot be used.
再之后,随着终端的移动,终端的TRS1的RSRP下降至低于第二阈值,此时终端依然 需要执行RRM(如图7箭头702所示),同时SRS资源不能使用。为了使用SRS资源,终端可以向驻留小区发起接入请求SRS更新或者请求继续使用SRS的配置。Afterwards, as the terminal moves, the RSRP of TRS1 of the terminal drops below the second threshold. At this time, the terminal still needs to execute RRM (as shown by arrow 702 in FIG. 7 ), and the SRS resource cannot be used at the same time. In order to use the SRS resource, the terminal can initiate an access request to the cell where it resides to update the SRS or request to continue using the SRS configuration.
可选的,终端可以从C6至C9任一小区释放(release)连接时,该终端设备从C6至C9任一小区获得配置信息,该配置信息包括TRS2的配置,以及TRS2对应的SRS2的配置。Optionally, when the terminal can release the connection from any cell from C6 to C9, the terminal device obtains configuration information from any cell from C6 to C9, and the configuration information includes the configuration of TRS2 and the configuration of SRS2 corresponding to TRS2.
随着终端的进一步移动,当终端移动至C6-C9所提供的服务范围内时,该终端设备可以接收TRS2,并跳过RRM测量(如图7箭头703所示)。此外,该终端还可以发送TRS2对应的SRS(如图7箭头705所示)。As the terminal moves further, when the terminal moves within the service range provided by C6-C9, the terminal device may receive TRS2 and skip RRM measurement (as shown by arrow 703 in FIG. 7 ). In addition, the terminal may also send an SRS corresponding to TRS2 (as shown by arrow 705 in FIG. 7 ).
由上述内容可知,终端在TRS1的RSRP低于第一阈值时,即开始做RRM测量,是为了终端在TRS1的RSRP下降至低于第二阈值时已经累计一部分测量以及确定合适的小区驻留,这样可以快速的向网络侧发起接入请求。It can be seen from the above that when the RSRP of TRS1 is lower than the first threshold, the terminal starts to perform RRM measurement, so that when the RSRP of TRS1 drops below the second threshold, the terminal has already accumulated a part of the measurement and determined a suitable cell to reside in. In this way, an access request can be quickly initiated to the network side.
可选的,若第一RSRP阈值等于第二RSRP阈值,终端启动RRM测量时,SRS已经不能使用,由于RRM测量到确定合适的驻留小区需要时间,在这段时间里,终端无法发送SRS,会一定程度影响SRS的发送,进而影响定位性能。Optionally, if the first RSRP threshold is equal to the second RSRP threshold, when the terminal starts RRM measurement, the SRS is already unusable. Since it takes time for RRM measurement to determine a suitable cell to camp on, during this period, the terminal cannot send SRS. It will affect the transmission of SRS to a certain extent, and then affect the positioning performance.
可选的,若第一RSRP阈值小于第二RSRP阈值,终端SRS不能使用时,还不需要启动RRM测量做小区重选,此时终端可以自行决定是否忽略第一RSRP进行RRM/小区重选,即第一RSRP阈值不适用。Optionally, if the first RSRP threshold is less than the second RSRP threshold, when the terminal SRS cannot be used, it does not need to start RRM measurement for cell reselection. At this time, the terminal can decide whether to ignore the first RSRP for RRM/cell reselection. That is, the first RSRP threshold is not applicable.
可选的,在上述实现方式一中,终端发送SRS(包括SRS1或SRS2),遵循TRS(包括TRS1或TRS2)获取的下行定时,服务小区配置/更新的定时提前(time advance,TA),以及基于配置的路损参考信号确定SRS的发送功率。Optionally, in the first implementation above, the terminal sends SRS (including SRS1 or SRS2), follows the downlink timing obtained by TRS (including TRS1 or TRS2), the timing advance (time advance, TA) of serving cell configuration/update, and The transmission power of the SRS is determined based on the configured path loss reference signal.
由实现方式一可知,终端基于TRS的RSRP启动RRM和判断SRS是否可用,可以减少做不必要的RRM测量,降低终端功耗。同时,当TRS的RSRP低于一定值之后,RRM测量启动,可以保证终端在SRS不可用时能够快速接入小区。It can be seen from the implementation mode 1 that the terminal starts RRM based on the RSRP of the TRS and judges whether the SRS is available, which can reduce unnecessary RRM measurements and reduce terminal power consumption. At the same time, when the RSRP of the TRS is lower than a certain value, the RRM measurement starts, which can ensure that the terminal can quickly access the cell when the SRS is unavailable.
实现方式二,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为n个,其中,n为大于1的整数。 Implementation manner 2, the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is n, where n is an integer greater than 1.
应理解,如前述步骤S101所描述的内容,第一配置信息所配置的至少一个下行参考信号集合的数量可以为n个。此时,该第一配置信息可以为n个独立的CSI-RS资源对应的配置信息,也可以为n个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集对应的配置信息(例如,其中每一个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集可以包括同一个时隙中的2个CSI-RS资源,也可以包括相邻两个时隙中的4个CSI-RS资源),也可以为n个包括一个或多个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置对应的配置信息(例如,每一个包括一个或多个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置对应38.331标准文档中的CSI-ResourceConfig IE所描述的实现方式)。It should be understood that, as described in the foregoing step S101, the number of at least one downlink reference signal set configured in the first configuration information may be n. At this time, the first configuration information may be configuration information corresponding to n independent CSI-RS resources, or configuration information corresponding to n CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS (for example, each configured as TRS The CSI-RS resource set can include 2 CSI-RS resources in the same time slot, or 4 CSI-RS resources in two adjacent time slots), or n can include one or more The configuration information corresponding to the CSI resource configuration of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS (for example, each CSI resource configuration including one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS corresponds to the CSI-ResourceConfig IE in the 38.331 standard document described implementation).
可选的,本申请实施例中,某一个下行参考信号集合(主参考信号集合或某一个辅参考信号集合或其它的参考信号集合)对应的测量结果可以有多种实现方式。例如,当该下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号数量为1个时,该下行参考信号集合对应的测量结果为这1个下行参考信号的测量结果。又如,当该下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号数量为多个时,该下行参考信号集合对应的测量结果为多个下行参考信号对应的多个测 量结果的最大值(或平均值,或高于某个阈值的部分测量结果的平均值等)。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the measurement result corresponding to a certain downlink reference signal set (a primary reference signal set or a certain secondary reference signal set or other reference signal sets) may be implemented in multiple manners. For example, when the downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal, the measurement result corresponding to the downlink reference signal set is the measurement result of the one downlink reference signal. For another example, when the number of downlink reference signals included in the downlink reference signal set is multiple, the measurement result corresponding to the downlink reference signal set is the maximum value (or average value, or the average of partial measurements above a certain threshold, etc.).
可选的,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为n个时,n个下行参考信号集合中任意两个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS可以是相同的,也可以是不同的,此处不做限定。Optionally, when the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is n, the SRSs corresponding to any two downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets may be the same or different , without limitation here.
具体地,至少一个下行参考信号集合用于一个或多个小区,终端设备驻留在该一个或多个小区时,该终端设备可以基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的一个或多个下行参考信号集合实现时频同步。Specifically, at least one set of downlink reference signals is used for one or more cells, and when the terminal device resides in the one or more cells, the terminal device may base on one or more downlink reference signal sets contained in the at least one set of downlink reference signals The set of reference signals realizes time-frequency synchronization.
可选的,至少一个下行参考信号集合用于多个小区时,该多个小区所下发的多个下行参考信号集合之间可以是相同的,也可以是不同的。Optionally, when at least one downlink reference signal set is used for multiple cells, the multiple downlink reference signal sets delivered by the multiple cells may be the same or different.
此外,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括主参考信号集合和辅参考信号集合,其中,该辅参考信号集合所包含的参考信号数量为n-1;该终端设备在步骤S103中基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值的过程具体可以包括:该终端设备对该主参考信号集合进行测量,得到第二测量值;该终端设备基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值。In addition, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals contained in the secondary reference signal set is n-1; the terminal device in step S103 based on the at least one downlink The process of measuring the reference signal set to obtain the first measurement value may specifically include: the terminal device measures the primary reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value; the terminal device determines the first measurement value based on the second measurement value .
可选的,主参考信号集合所包含的参考信号数量为1或p(p为大于1的整数)。Optionally, the number of reference signals included in the primary reference signal set is 1 or p (p is an integer greater than 1).
可选的,该终端设备可以优先测量n个下行参考信号集合中的任意一个下行参考信号集合(例如主参考信号集合)。Optionally, the terminal device may preferentially measure any one downlink reference signal set (for example, the primary reference signal set) in the n downlink reference signal sets.
具体地,在至少一个下行参考信号集合包括n个下行参考信号集合时,n个下行参考信号集合包括一个主参考信号集合以及一个或多个辅参考信号集合。其中,终端设备在步骤S103中,对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,以得到第二测量值之后,该终端设备再基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值。Specifically, when at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, the n downlink reference signal sets include one primary reference signal set and one or more secondary reference signal sets. Wherein, in step S103, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, so as to obtain the second measurement value, and then based on the second measurement value, the terminal device The first measured value is determined.
在一些设计中,主参考信号集合至少应用于发送该第一配置信息的网络设备所在的主小区。可选的,该主参考信号集合还可以应用于该主小区的相邻小区。In some designs, the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the primary cell where the network device sending the first configuration information is located. Optionally, the primary reference signal set may also be applied to neighboring cells of the primary cell.
在一些设计中,主参考信号集合至少应用于该终端设备在基于第一配置信息接收至少一个下行参考信号集合的时刻之前,该终端设备在最近一次处于连接态时的服务小区;可选的,主参考信号集合还应用于该服务小区的相邻小区,或,主参考信号集合还应用于该服务小区的协作小区。In some designs, the primary reference signal set is at least applied to the serving cell of the terminal device in the connected state last time before the terminal device receives at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; optionally, The primary reference signal set is also applied to neighboring cells of the serving cell, or the primary reference signal set is also applied to coordinated cells of the serving cell.
可选的,该终端设备在步骤S103中,该终端设备基于第二测量值确定该第一测量值包括:在该第二测量值大于第三阈值时,该终端设备将该第二测量值确定为该第一测量值;该终端设备确定跳过该辅参考信号集合的测量。具体地,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,并在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值大于第三阈值时,终端设备将该主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值确定为该第一测量值。换言之,在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值大于第三阈值时,该终端设备确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该主参考信号集合对应的一个或多个小区中。此后,该终端设备无需测量n个下行参考信号集合中除主参考信号集合之外的其他参考信号(即辅参考信号集合)的测量,可以进一步节省该终端设备的功耗。Optionally, in step S103 of the terminal device, the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes: when the second measurement value is greater than a third threshold, the terminal device determines the second measurement value is the first measurement value; the terminal device determines to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set. Specifically, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal device will The second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is determined as the first measurement value. In other words, when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in one or more cells corresponding to the primary reference signal set. Thereafter, the terminal device does not need to measure other reference signals (ie, secondary reference signal sets) in the n downlink reference signal sets except the primary reference signal set, which can further save power consumption of the terminal device.
作为一种可能的实现方式,该终端设备在上述实现过程中,该终端设备基于第二测量 值确定该第一测量值的过程具体包括:在该第二测量值小于第三阈值时,该终端设备对该辅参考信号集合进行测量,得到第三测量值,其中,第三测量值所包含的测量值的数量为p,所述p为大于0且小于等于n-1的整数;该终端设备基于第二测量值和第三测量值确定该第一测量值。As a possible implementation manner, in the above implementation process of the terminal device, the process for the terminal device to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value specifically includes: when the second measurement value is less than the third threshold, the terminal The device measures the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, where p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1; the terminal device The first measured value is determined based on the second measured value and the third measured value.
可选的,该终端设备对该辅参考信号集合进行测量,得到第三测量值,可以表述为,该终端设备对该辅参考信号集合所包含的一个或多个参考信号进行测量,得到该第三测量值。Optionally, the terminal device measures the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, which can be expressed as, the terminal device measures one or more reference signals included in the secondary reference signal set to obtain the first Three measurements.
具体地,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,并在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值小于第三阈值时,该终端设备基于第二测量值和(至少一个)辅参考信号集合对应的第三测量值确定第一测量值。使得在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值小于第三阈值的情况下,该终端设备可以基于辅参考信号集合对应的第三测量值确定该第一测量值,并且在该第三测量值较大的情况下,有可能使得该终端设备跳过RRM测量,从而降低该终端设备的功耗。Specifically, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device The first measurement value is determined based on the second measurement value and a third measurement value corresponding to the (at least one) secondary reference signal set. So that when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device may determine the first measurement value based on the third measurement value corresponding to the secondary reference signal set, and when the third measurement value is smaller than the third threshold In a large case, it is possible to make the terminal device skip RRM measurement, thereby reducing the power consumption of the terminal device.
进一步地,该终端设备基于第二测量值和第三测量值确定该第一测量值的过程可以存在多种实现方式,下面将详细介绍,Further, the process of determining the first measured value by the terminal device based on the second measured value and the third measured value may have multiple implementation manners, which will be described in detail below,
例如,该终端设备基于第二测量值和第三测量值确定该第一测量值的过程包括:该终端设备将第三测量值中大于第三阈值的测量值确定为第一测量值;该终端设备将第三测量值中大于第三阈值的测量值对应的辅参考信号集合更新为该主参考信号集合。For example, the process for the terminal device to determine the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value includes: the terminal device determines a measured value greater than a third threshold among the third measured values as the first measured value; the terminal The device updates the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measurement value greater than the third threshold in the third measurement value to the primary reference signal set.
具体地,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,可以优先对主参考信号集合进行测量,并在主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值小于第三阈值时,终端设备将该辅参考信号集合中大于第三阈值的测量值对应的辅参考信号集合对应的第三测量值确定为该第一测量值。换言之,在主参考信号集合的第一测量值小于第三阈值且辅参考信号集合中的某一个参考信号大于第三阈值时,该终端设备确定该终端设备的驻留小区位于该辅参考信号集合对应的一个或多个小区中。此后,该终端设备将该第一参考信号更新为该主参考信号集合,以便于后续基于更新后的主参考信号集合执行低功耗定位的实现过程。Specifically, in the process of measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device may preferentially measure the primary reference signal set, and when the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is smaller than the third threshold, the terminal device will A third measurement value corresponding to a secondary reference signal set corresponding to a measurement value greater than a third threshold in the secondary reference signal set is determined as the first measurement value. In other words, when the first measurement value of the primary reference signal set is less than the third threshold and a certain reference signal in the secondary reference signal set is greater than the third threshold, the terminal device determines that the cell where the terminal device is camped on is located in the secondary reference signal set corresponding to one or more cells. Thereafter, the terminal device updates the first reference signal to the primary reference signal set, so as to implement a low power consumption positioning process based on the updated primary reference signal set.
可选的,在步骤S103之前,该方法还包括,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第三阈值。其中,该第三阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于同一条消息中。或者,该第三阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于不同消息中,此处不做限定。Optionally, before step S103, the method further includes that the terminal device receives a third threshold sent from the network device. Wherein, the third threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101. Alternatively, the third threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
可选的,该第三阈值预配置于该终端设备。Optionally, the third threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
又如,该终端设备基于第二测量值和第三测量值确定该第一测量值的过程包括:As another example, the process for the terminal device to determine the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value includes:
终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的最大值;或,The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的平均值;或,The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中m个测量值的平均值,m个测量值均大于第四阈值,m为小于n的整数;或The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
该终端设备确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中k个测量值的最大值,k为小于n的整数。The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is a maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer smaller than n.
可选的,该第四阈值小于第三阈值。Optionally, the fourth threshold is smaller than the third threshold.
可选的,该第四阈值大于第三阈值。Optionally, the fourth threshold is greater than the third threshold.
可选的,该第四阈值等于第三阈值。Optionally, the fourth threshold is equal to the third threshold.
可选的,在步骤S103之前,该方法还包括,终端设备接收来自网络设备发送的第四阈值。其中,该第四阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于同一条消息中。或者,该第四阈值可以与网络设备在步骤S101所发送的第一配置信息承载于不同消息中,此处不做限定。Optionally, before step S103, the method further includes that the terminal device receives a fourth threshold sent from the network device. Wherein, the fourth threshold may be carried in the same message as the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101. Alternatively, the fourth threshold may be carried in a different message from the first configuration information sent by the network device in step S101, which is not limited here.
可选的,该第四阈值预配置于该终端设备。Optionally, the fourth threshold is preconfigured on the terminal device.
此外,上述方式可以表述为:Furthermore, the above approach can be expressed as:
该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括主参考信号集合,该第一测量值为该主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值,该主参考信号集合对应的第二测量值大于第三阈值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set, the first measurement value is a second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set, and the second measurement value corresponding to the primary reference signal set is greater than a third threshold; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个第一测量值,该第一测量值为n个第一测量值中的最大值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is the maximum value among the n first measurement values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个第一测量值,该第一测量值为n个第一测量值中的平均值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n first measurement values, and the first measurement value is an average value of the n first measurement values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应m个第一测量值,m个第一测量值均大于第三阈值,该第一测量值为m个第一测量值中的平均值,其中,m为小于n的整数;或,Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m first measured values, the m first measured values are all greater than the third threshold, and the first measured value is an average value of the m first measured values, wherein , m is an integer less than n; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应k个第一测量值,该第一测量值为k个第一测量值中的最大值,其中,k为小于n的整数。Part of the reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to k first measurement values, and the first measurement value is a maximum value among the k first measurement values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
具体地,终端设备在对n个下行参考信号集合进行测量的过程中,终端设备可以通过上述多种方式在步骤S103中实现第一测量值的确定,提升方案实现的灵活性。Specifically, when the terminal device is measuring the n downlink reference signal sets, the terminal device can determine the first measurement value in step S103 in the above-mentioned various ways, so as to improve the flexibility of the implementation of the solution.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三阈值大于该第一阈值。具体地,第三阈值可以大于第一阈值,使得终端设备尽量执行至少一个下行参考信号集合的测量以获得时频同步,而无需执行RRM测量。In a possible implementation manner, the third threshold is greater than the first threshold. Specifically, the third threshold may be greater than the first threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform measurement of at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain time-frequency synchronization without performing RRM measurement.
可选的,第三阈值小于或等于第一阈值。Optionally, the third threshold is less than or equal to the first threshold.
可选的,第三阈值大于第二阈值。其中,第二阈值可以大于第三阈值,使得终端设备尽量执行至少一个下行参考信号集合的测量以发送SRS,而无需执行向网络设备请求更新SRS配置信息的过程。Optionally, the third threshold is greater than the second threshold. Wherein, the second threshold may be greater than the third threshold, so that the terminal device tries to perform the measurement of at least one downlink reference signal set to send the SRS without performing the process of requesting the network device to update the SRS configuration information.
下面将结合图4和图5所示实现示例对实现方式二进行详细说明。为便于描述,在下述示例中,以至少一个下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为2个TRS,第一测量值为RSRP(相应的,第一阈值为第一RSPR阈值,第二阈值为第二RSPR阈值)作为示例进行说明。 Implementation mode 2 will be described in detail below with reference to the implementation examples shown in FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 . For the convenience of description, in the following example, the downlink reference signal contained in at least one downlink reference signal set is 2 TRS, and the first measurement value is RSRP (correspondingly, the first threshold is the first RSPR threshold, and the second threshold is the first RSPR threshold. Two RSPR thresholds) are illustrated as an example.
在实现方式二中,终端设备在步骤S101接收第一配置信息之后,可以进入低功耗待机模式(例如INACTIVE态或IDLE态)。此后,该终端设备在低功耗待机模式下,对应图4(图4所示柱状图的高度的高低指示功耗的多少,即高度越高功耗越高,高度越低功耗越低)所示深度睡眠(deep sleep)状态,在周期性SRS即将发送的时刻,极低功耗内部时钟提供粗 定时让终端设备提前唤醒。经过功耗攀升(ramp up)的时间,终端设备完成上电以及软件、程序载入,开启射频通道在步骤S102中接收TRS以完成时频同步。In the second implementation manner, after receiving the first configuration information in step S101, the terminal device may enter a low power consumption standby mode (for example, INACTIVE state or IDLE state). Thereafter, the terminal device is in the low-power standby mode, corresponding to Figure 4 (the height of the bar graph shown in Figure 4 indicates the power consumption, that is, the higher the height, the higher the power consumption, and the lower the height, the lower the power consumption) In the deep sleep state shown, when the periodic SRS is about to be sent, the extremely low power internal clock provides rough timing to allow the terminal device to wake up in advance. After the power consumption ramps up, the terminal device completes power-on and software and program loading, opens the radio frequency channel and receives TRS in step S102 to complete time-frequency synchronization.
除了同步本身,终端设备在步骤S103中测量TRS还可以获得RSRP,并用于在步骤S104和步骤S105中判断是否跳过RRM参考以及TRS对应的SRS是否可用。具体包括:In addition to the synchronization itself, the terminal device can also obtain the RSRP by measuring the TRS in step S103, and use it in step S104 and step S105 to determine whether to skip the RRM reference and whether the SRS corresponding to the TRS is available. Specifically include:
终端测量主TRS的RSRP,当主TRS的RSRP高于第三RSRP阈值时,终端不需要测其他TRS;当主TRS的RSRP低于第三RSRP阈值时,终端需要测其他TRS。可选的,终端测到一个非主TRS的RSRP高于第三RSRP阈值时,终端将该TRS更新为主TRS,即不再需要测其他TRS。本发明不限定终端如何测量其他TRS。一般的方法可以为,终端按照多套TRS配置的顺序,优先测量多套TRS终端的前N套,其中N为终端支持的最大TRS套数;或者终端按照多套TRS配置的顺序,在前M套测量过确定RSRP均低于第三RSRP阈值时,优先测量当前第M+1套。The terminal measures the RSRP of the primary TRS. When the RSRP of the primary TRS is higher than the third RSRP threshold, the terminal does not need to measure other TRSs; when the RSRP of the primary TRS is lower than the third RSRP threshold, the terminal needs to measure other TRSs. Optionally, when the terminal detects that the RSRP of a non-primary TRS is higher than the third RSRP threshold, the terminal updates the TRS as the primary TRS, that is, no other TRS needs to be measured. The present invention does not limit how the terminal measures other TRSs. The general method can be as follows: the terminal measures the first N sets of multiple TRS terminals preferentially according to the order of multiple sets of TRS configurations, where N is the maximum number of TRS sets supported by the terminal; or the terminal measures the first M sets of When the measurement confirms that the RSRPs are all lower than the third RSRP threshold, the current M+1th set is measured first.
下文中的TRS的RSRP为终端测量的所有TRS的RSRP的最大值或高于某个RSRP预设值的所有RSRP的平均值。例如当终端只测主TRS时,TRS的RSRP的最大值为主TRS的RSRP;当终端测量了主TRS和若干其他TRS时,TRS的RSRP为包含主TRS和其他TRS的RSRP的最大值或者这些RSRP中高于某个RSRP门限的平均值。The TRS RSRP hereinafter refers to the maximum value of RSRPs of all TRSs measured by the terminal or the average value of all RSRPs higher than a certain RSRP preset value. For example, when the terminal only measures the main TRS, the maximum value of the RSRP of the TRS is the RSRP of the main TRS; when the terminal measures the main TRS and several other TRS, the RSRP of the TRS is the maximum value of the RSRP including the main TRS and other TRS or The average value of RSRP above a certain RSRP threshold.
若TRS的RSRP高于第一RSRP阈值,终端设备不需要做IDLE或者INACTIVE的移动性测量(即RRM测量),此时若多个小区发送相同的TRS(即多个小区采用单频网(Single frequency network,SFN)方法发送TRS),终端设备无需感知移动性引起的服务小区变化。If the RSRP of the TRS is higher than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device does not need to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (that is, RRM measurement). frequency network, SFN) method to send TRS), the terminal device does not need to perceive the change of the serving cell caused by mobility.
若TRS的RSRP低于第一RSRP阈值,终端设备则开始做IDLE或者INACTIVE的移动性测量(RRM测量),包括终端设备基于RRCRelease消息或者服务小区SIB配置的同频、异频、异RAT邻区配置测量邻区的SSB或者CSI-RS,并且基于TS 38.304确定的IDLE或者INACTIVE态下小区选择、小区重选流程确定驻留小区。If the RSRP of the TRS is lower than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal device starts to perform IDLE or INACTIVE mobility measurement (RRM measurement), including the same-frequency, different-frequency, and different-RAT neighboring cells configured by the terminal device based on the RRCRelease message or the SIB of the serving cell Configure the SSB or CSI-RS for measuring neighboring cells, and determine the cell to reside on based on the cell selection and cell reselection procedures in the IDLE or INACTIVE state determined by TS 38.304.
若TRS的RSRP高于第二RSRP阈值,终端可以继续使用确定TRS的RSRP所对应的TRS中RSRP最高的TRS关联的,用于平均的RSRP对应的多个TRS中任意一个TRS关联的SRS配置发送SRS。If the RSRP of the TRS is higher than the second RSRP threshold, the terminal can continue to use the TRS associated with the TRS with the highest RSRP among the TRSs corresponding to the RSRP of the determined TRS, and the SRS configuration associated with any one of the multiple TRSs corresponding to the average RSRP to send SRS.
若TRS的RSRP低于第二RSRP阈值,终端不能继续使用任何SRS配置发送SRS,若终端依然需要发送SRS,可以向驻留小区发起接入,请求更新SRS或者请求使用SRS配置以发送SRS。If the RSRP of the TRS is lower than the second RSRP threshold, the terminal cannot continue to use any SRS configuration to send SRS. If the terminal still needs to send SRS, it can initiate access to the cell where it resides, request to update SRS or request to use SRS configuration to send SRS.
可选的,这里的TRS的RSRP,一般为CSI-RSRP,因为TRS是一种特殊的CSI-RS。同时CSI-RSRP可以是层1的RSRP,也可以是层3的RSRP。Optionally, the RSRP of the TRS here is generally CSI-RSRP, because the TRS is a special CSI-RS. At the same time, the CSI-RSRP can be the RSRP of layer 1 or the RSRP of layer 3.
例如,若为层1的RSRP,该RSRP为物理层直接测量获得。For example, if it is the RSRP of layer 1, the RSRP is obtained through direct measurement of the physical layer.
又如,若为层3的RSRP,该RSRP为多次物理层测量上报经过层3滤波获得。示例性的,该滤波方法满足以下方式:For another example, if it is the RSRP of layer 3, the RSRP is obtained through layer 3 filtering after multiple physical layer measurement reports. Exemplarily, the filtering method satisfies the following methods:
F n=(1-α)F n-1+αM n Fn = (1-α)Fn -1 + αMn ;
其中,F n为第n次滤波输出,相应的F n-1为第n-1次滤波输出,M n为第n次滤波前物理层向层3上报的RSRP值。另,F 0=M 1,保证第一次滤波输出等于物理层上报值。 Wherein, F n is the output of the n-th filter, correspondingly F n-1 is the output of the n-1 filter, and M n is the RSRP value reported by the physical layer to layer 3 before the n-th filter. In addition, F 0 =M 1 , to ensure that the first filtering output is equal to the value reported by the physical layer.
一般来说,第一RSRP阈值高于第二RSRP阈值,这样终端设备的行为为RSRP高于第一RSRP阈值,不做RRM,使用SRS;介于第一RSRP和第二RSRP阈值之间,做RRM,使用SRS;低于第二RSRP阈值,做RRM,不能使用SRS,需要接入网络请求更新SRS或者请求使用SRS配置发送SRS。Generally speaking, the first RSRP threshold is higher than the second RSRP threshold, so the behavior of the terminal device is that the RSRP is higher than the first RSRP threshold, do not perform RRM, and use SRS; between the first RSRP threshold and the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, use SRS; below the second RSRP threshold, do RRM, cannot use SRS, need to access the network to request to update SRS or request to use SRS configuration to send SRS.
在步骤S105中发送SRS之后,终端设备设备经过功耗下降(ramp down)的时间,完成下电,并重新回到极低功耗的待机模式。After sending the SRS in step S105, the terminal device completes power-off after a time of power consumption ramp down, and returns to the standby mode with extremely low power consumption.
在上述过程中,由于终端设备内部时钟稳定度较差,存在漂移,终端设备需要每次醒来(即ramp up)以完成时频同步。同时,由于TRS位置比SSB位置更灵活,可以配置在SRS所在时隙(或者SRS所在时隙前一个或两个时隙),如图5所示,发送SRS的时域位置所在时隙为时隙3,接收TRS的时域位置可以位于时隙1、时隙2和时隙3中的至少一个。从而,如图4所示,终端设备基于TRS的同步以及SRS的发送总体持续时间可以很短,例如小于1ms,这样就可以降低终端设备功耗。In the above process, due to the poor stability of the internal clock of the terminal device and drift, the terminal device needs to wake up (that is, ramp up) every time to complete time-frequency synchronization. At the same time, since the TRS position is more flexible than the SSB position, it can be configured in the time slot where the SRS is located (or one or two time slots before the time slot where the SRS is located), as shown in Figure 5, the time slot where the time domain position of the SRS is sent is time Slot 3, the time domain location for receiving the TRS may be at least one of slot 1, slot 2, and slot 3. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 4 , the TRS-based synchronization of the terminal device and the overall duration of the SRS transmission can be very short, for example, less than 1 ms, so that the power consumption of the terminal device can be reduced.
实现方式二的具体示例如图6和图8所描述。A specific example of the second implementation is described in FIG. 6 and FIG. 8 .
在图6所示场景中,有9个小区,记为C1-C9。其中,C1-C6发送TRS1,C5-C9发送TRS2(TRS1不同于TRS2),注意此时C5、C6位于边界处,同时发送TRS1和TRS2。TRS1的发送方式可以为SFN,即C1-C6使用相同的时频资源发送相同的TRS1。TRS2的发送方式也为SFN,即C5-C9使用相同的时频资源发送相同的TRS2。In the scenario shown in Fig. 6, there are 9 cells, marked as C1-C9. Among them, C1-C6 sends TRS1, and C5-C9 sends TRS2 (TRS1 is different from TRS2). Note that C5 and C6 are located at the border and send TRS1 and TRS2 at the same time. The sending mode of TRS1 may be SFN, that is, C1-C6 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS1. The sending method of TRS2 is also SFN, that is, C5-C9 use the same time-frequency resource to send the same TRS2.
终端的移动方向如图6中虚线所描绘。终端从网络释放(release)连接时,可以是从C1小区收到TRS1和SRS1的配置以及TRS2与SRS2的配置。即终端收到TRS1与TRS2的配置,以及SRS1与SRS2的配置,其中TRS1与SRS1关联,TRS2与SRS2关联。其中TRS1为主TRS。The moving direction of the terminal is depicted by the dotted line in FIG. 6 . When the terminal releases (releases) the connection from the network, it may receive the configuration of TRS1 and SRS1 and the configuration of TRS2 and SRS2 from the C1 cell. That is, the terminal receives the configuration of TRS1 and TRS2, and the configuration of SRS1 and SRS2, wherein TRS1 is associated with SRS1, and TRS2 is associated with SRS2. Among them, TRS1 is the main TRS.
一开始,终端位于C1-C6的包围下接收TRS1(如图8箭头801所示),TRS1的RSRP很高,高于第一阈值和第三阈值,终端不需要做RRM,也不需要测量TRS2,同时SRS1配置可以使用(如图8箭头802所示)。At the beginning, the terminal receives TRS1 surrounded by C1-C6 (as shown by arrow 801 in Figure 8), the RSRP of TRS1 is very high, higher than the first threshold and the third threshold, the terminal does not need to perform RRM, nor does it need to measure TRS2 , and the SRS1 configuration can be used at the same time (as shown by arrow 802 in FIG. 8 ).
之后,随着终端的移动,终端移出了C1-C5的包围圈,TRS1的RSRP逐渐下降,当低于第三RSRP阈值(但是高于第一、二RSRP阈值时),终端需要开始测TRS1和TRS2(如图8箭头802所示),此时TRS RSRP(基于TRS1或者TRS2或者二者平均)均高于第一和第二阈值,终端不需要做RRM,同时SRS1的配置可以使用(如图8箭头804所示)。当TRS1的RSRP高于TRS2的RSRP时,终端可以使用SRS1(如图8箭头804所示);反之可以使用SRS2(如图8箭头805所示)。After that, as the terminal moves, the terminal moves out of the encirclement of C1-C5, and the RSRP of TRS1 gradually decreases. When it is lower than the third RSRP threshold (but higher than the first and second RSRP thresholds), the terminal needs to start measuring TRS1 and TRS2 (As shown by arrow 802 in Figure 8), at this time, the TRS RSRP (based on TRS1 or TRS2 or the average of both) is higher than the first and second thresholds, the terminal does not need to do RRM, and the configuration of SRS1 can be used (as shown in Figure 8 shown by arrow 804). When the RSRP of TRS1 is higher than the RSRP of TRS2, the terminal can use SRS1 (as shown by arrow 804 in FIG. 8 ); otherwise, it can use SRS2 (as shown by arrow 805 in FIG. 8 ).
再之后,随着终端的移动,终端的TRS2的RSRP高于第三RSRP阈值(同时高于第一、二RSRP阈值),此时终端可以继续同时测量TRS1+TRS2(如图8箭头802所示),或者将TRS2设置成主TRS,不再测量TRS1(如图8箭头803所示)。终端使用SRS2(如图8箭头805所示),不需要做RRM。After that, as the terminal moves, the RSRP of TRS2 of the terminal is higher than the third RSRP threshold (higher than the first and second RSRP thresholds at the same time), at this time, the terminal can continue to measure TRS1+TRS2 at the same time (as shown by arrow 802 in Figure 8 ), or set TRS2 as the main TRS, and no longer measure TRS1 (as shown by arrow 803 in FIG. 8 ). The terminal uses SRS2 (shown by arrow 805 in FIG. 8 ), and does not need to perform RRM.
在上述过程中,一般要求第三RSRP阈值高于第一RSRP阈值且高于第二RSRP阈值,这样终端尽量执行TRS的测量(以及同步),而无需进入RRM。In the above process, it is generally required that the third RSRP threshold is higher than the first RSRP threshold and higher than the second RSRP threshold, so that the terminal tries to perform TRS measurement (and synchronization) without entering RRM.
可选的,若第三RSRP阈值等于第一RSRP阈值,终端需要同时启动其他TRS的测量和RRM测量,终端功耗会有所上升。Optionally, if the third RSRP threshold is equal to the first RSRP threshold, the terminal needs to start other TRS measurement and RRM measurement at the same time, and the power consumption of the terminal will increase.
可选的,若第三RSRP阈值低于第一RSRP阈值,终端则需要在测量其他TRS之前就需要开始做RRM,此时终端可以自行决定是否忽略第三RSRP阈值进行其他TRS的测量,即第 三RSRP阈值不适用。Optionally, if the third RSRP threshold is lower than the first RSRP threshold, the terminal needs to start RRM before measuring other TRSs. At this time, the terminal can decide whether to ignore the third RSRP threshold and perform other TRS measurements. Three RSRP thresholds do not apply.
此外,在多套TRS配置下,终端在TRS的RSRP(基于多个测量的TRS的RSRP计算获得)低于第一阈值时,即开始做RRM,是为了终端在TRS1/2的RSRP下降至低于第二阈值时已经累计一部分测量以及确定合适的小区驻留,这样可以快速的向网络侧发起接入请求。In addition, under the configuration of multiple sets of TRS, when the RSRP of the TRS (calculated based on the RSRP of multiple measured TRSs) is lower than the first threshold, the terminal starts to perform RRM, so that the RSRP of the terminal in TRS1/2 drops to the lowest At the second threshold, a part of measurements has been accumulated and a suitable cell is determined to reside in, so that an access request can be quickly initiated to the network side.
可选的,若第一RSRP阈值等于第二RSRP阈值,终端启动RRM测量时,SRS已经不能使用,由于RRM测量到确定合适的驻留小区需要时间,在这段时间里,终端无法发送SRS,会一定程度影响SRS的发送,进而影响定位性能。Optionally, if the first RSRP threshold is equal to the second RSRP threshold, when the terminal starts RRM measurement, the SRS is already unusable. Since it takes time for RRM measurement to determine a suitable cell to camp on, during this period, the terminal cannot send SRS. It will affect the transmission of SRS to a certain extent, and then affect the positioning performance.
可选的,若第一RSRP阈值小于第二RSRP阈值,终端SRS不能使用时,还不需要启动RRM测量做小区重选,此时终端可以自行决定是否忽略第一RSRP进行RRM/小区重选,即第一RSRP阈值不适用。Optionally, if the first RSRP threshold is less than the second RSRP threshold, when the terminal SRS cannot be used, it does not need to start RRM measurement for cell reselection. At this time, the terminal can decide whether to ignore the first RSRP for RRM/cell reselection. That is, the first RSRP threshold is not applicable.
可选的,在上述实现方式二中,终端发送SRS(包括SRS1或SRS2),遵循TRS(包括TRS1或TRS2)获取的下行定时,服务小区配置/更新的定时提前(time advance,TA),以及基于配置的路损参考信号确定SRS的发送功率。Optionally, in the second implementation above, the terminal sends SRS (including SRS1 or SRS2), follows the downlink timing acquired by TRS (including TRS1 or TRS2), the timing advance (time advance, TA) of serving cell configuration/update, and The transmission power of the SRS is determined based on the configured path loss reference signal.
由实现方式二可知,终端利用多套TRS,其中一套为主TRS,避免频繁启动RRM,而尽量进行基于TRS的测量。其中,多套TRS配置中,终端可以优先只执行主TRS的测量,降低测量开销。此外,终端基于TRS的RSRP启动RRM和判断SRS是否可用,可以减少做不必要的RRM测量,降低终端功耗。同时,当TRS的RSRP低于一定值之后,RRM测量启动,可以保证终端在SRS不可用时能够快速接入小区。It can be seen from the second implementation manner that the terminal uses multiple sets of TRS, one of which is the main TRS, so as to avoid frequent activation of RRM and try to perform TRS-based measurement. Wherein, in the configuration of multiple TRSs, the terminal may preferentially only perform the measurement of the main TRS, so as to reduce the measurement overhead. In addition, the terminal starts RRM based on the RSRP of the TRS and judges whether the SRS is available, which can reduce unnecessary RRM measurements and reduce terminal power consumption. At the same time, when the RSRP of the TRS is lower than a certain value, the RRM measurement starts, which can ensure that the terminal can quickly access the cell when the SRS is unavailable.
请参阅图9,为本申请提供的通信装置的一个示意图,该通信装置900包括处理单元901和收发单元902。Please refer to FIG. 9 , which is a schematic diagram of a communication device provided in this application. The communication device 900 includes a processing unit 901 and a transceiver unit 902 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该收发单元902,用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置至少一个下行参考信号集合;The transceiving unit 902 is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set;
该收发单元902,还用于基于该第一配置信息接收该至少一个下行参考信号集合;The transceiving unit 902 is further configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information;
该处理单元901,用于基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值;The processing unit 901 is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value;
在该第一测量值大于第一阈值时,该处理单元901,还用于确定跳过无线资源管理RRM测量。When the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the processing unit 901 is further configured to determine to skip radio resource management RRM measurement.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,In another possible implementation,
该收发单元902,用于接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息,该第一配置信息用于配置第一下行参考信号集合;The transceiving unit 902 is configured to receive first configuration information from a network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure a first set of downlink reference signals;
该处理单元901,用于基于该第一配置信息接收该至少一个下行参考信号集合;该终端设备基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值;The processing unit 901 is configured to receive the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information; the terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value;
该处理单元901,用于基于该第一测量值确定至少一个下行参考信号集合对应的SRS是否有效。The processing unit 901 is configured to determine whether the SRS corresponding to at least one downlink reference signal set is valid based on the first measurement value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括1个下行参考信号集合。换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为1。In a possible implementation manner, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set. In other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is one.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该收发单元902,还用于接收来自该网络设备的探测参考信号第二配置信息,该第二配置信息用于配置第一SRS;该第一SRS关联于该至少一个下行参考信号集合;The transceiving unit 902 is further configured to receive second configuration information of sounding reference signals from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure a first SRS; the first SRS is associated with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
在该第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该收发单元902,还用于基于该第二配置信息发送该第一SRS。When the first measured value is greater than the second threshold, the transceiving unit 902 is further configured to send the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该处理单元901,还用于中止发送该第一SRS。When the first measured value is less than the second threshold, the processing unit 901 is further configured to stop sending the first SRS.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括n个下行参考信号集合,其中,n为大于1的整数。换言之,至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考数量为多个(即n个)。In a possible implementation manner, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, where n is an integer greater than 1. In other words, the number of downlink references included in at least one downlink reference signal set is multiple (that is, n).
在一种可能的实现方式中,该收发单元902还用于接收来自该网络设备的第三配置信息,该第三配置信息用于配置关联于n个下行参考信号集合的q个SRS,其中,q小于等于n;在第一测量值大于第二阈值时,该收发单元902还用于基于该第三配置信息发送目标SRS,其中,该目标SRS为q个SRS中关联于n个下行参考信号集合中该第一测量值对应的下行参考信号集合的SRS。In a possible implementation manner, the transceiving unit 902 is further configured to receive third configuration information from the network device, where the third configuration information is used to configure q SRSs associated with n downlink reference signal sets, wherein, q is less than or equal to n; when the first measured value is greater than the second threshold, the transceiver unit 902 is further configured to send a target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is associated with n downlink reference signals among the q SRSs The SRS of the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value in the set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元901还用于:在该第一测量值小于该第二阈值时,该终端设备中止发送该目标SRS。In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 901 is further configured to: when the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第三配置信息所配置的SRS的数量q可以包括多种实现方式,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the number q of SRSs configured in the third configuration information may include various implementation manners, including:
q为1;或,q is 1; or,
q等于n,其中,q个SRS与n个下行参考信号集合一一对应;或,q is equal to n, where q SRSs correspond to n downlink reference signal sets one-to-one; or,
q大于1且q小于n,其中,q个SRS所包含的每一个SRS对应于n个下行参考信号集合中的一个或多个下行参考信号集合。q is greater than 1 and q is less than n, where each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第二阈值小于该第一阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the second threshold is smaller than the first threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
在该第一测量值小于该第一阈值时,该处理单元901,还用于执行该RRM测量。When the first measurement value is less than the first threshold, the processing unit 901 is further configured to perform the RRM measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该第一配置信息承载于系统信息;或,The first configuration information is carried in system information; or,
该第一配置信息承载于无线资源控制释放RRCRelease消息。The first configuration information is carried in a radio resource control release RRCRelease message.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;或,The downlink reference signal contained in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; or,
该下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为跟踪参考信号TRS。The downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is the tracking reference signal TRS.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为1个。In a possible implementation manner, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合所包含的下行参考信号集合数量为n个,其中,n为大于1的整数。In a possible implementation manner, the number of downlink reference signal sets included in the at least one downlink reference signal set is n, where n is an integer greater than 1.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该至少一个下行参考信号集合包括主参考信号集合和辅参 考信号集合,其中,该辅参考信号集合所包含的参考信号数量为n-1;In a possible implementation, the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, where the number of reference signals included in the secondary reference signal set is n-1;
该处理单元901用于基于该至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值包括:The processing unit 901 is configured to perform measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, and obtaining the first measurement value includes:
该处理单元901用于对该主参考信号集合进行测量,得到第二测量值;The processing unit 901 is configured to measure the main reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value;
该处理单元901用于基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值。The processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元901用于基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值包括:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
在该第二测量值大于第三阈值时,该处理单元901用于将该第二测量值确定为该第一测量值;When the second measured value is greater than a third threshold, the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the second measured value as the first measured value;
该处理单元901用于确定跳过该辅参考信号集合的测量。The processing unit 901 is configured to determine to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元901用于基于该第二测量值确定该第一测量值包括:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value includes:
在该第二测量值小于第三阈值时,该处理单元901用于对该辅参考信号集合进行测量,得到第三测量值,其中,该第三测量值所包含的测量值的数量为p,p为大于0且小于等于n-1的整数;When the second measurement value is less than a third threshold, the processing unit 901 is configured to measure the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p, p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1;
该处理单元901用于基于该第二测量值和该第三测量值确定该第一测量值。The processing unit 901 is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值和该第三测量值确定该第一测量值包括:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value includes:
该处理单元901用于将该第三测量值中大于该第三阈值的测量值确定为该第一测量值;The processing unit 901 is configured to determine, among the third measured values, a measured value greater than the third threshold as the first measured value;
该处理单元901用于将该第三测量值中大于该第三阈值的测量值对应的辅参考信号集合更新为该主参考信号集合。The processing unit 901 is configured to update the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measurement value greater than the third threshold in the third measurement value to the primary reference signal set.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于基于该第二测量值和该第三测量值确定该第一测量值,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is configured to determine the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value, including:
该处理单元901用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的最大值;或,The processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该处理单元901用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中的平均值;或,The processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
该处理单元901用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中m个测量值的平均值,m个测量值均大于第四阈值,m为小于n的整数;或The processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values in the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and m is an integer smaller than n; or
该处理单元901用于确定该第一测量值为该第二测量值与该第三测量值中k个测量值的最大值,k为小于n的整数。The processing unit 901 is configured to determine that the first measurement value is the maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, where k is an integer less than n.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个测量值,该第一测量值为n个测量值中的最大值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is the maximum value among the n measured values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个测量值,该第一测量值为n个测量值中的平均值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is an average value of the n measured values; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应m个测量值,m个测量值均大于 第四阈值,该第一测量值为m个测量值中的平均值,其中,m为小于n的整数;或,The partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m measured values, the m measured values are all greater than the fourth threshold, and the first measured value is the average value of the m measured values, where m is less than n integer; or,
该至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应k个测量值,该第一测量值为k个测量值中的最大值,其中,k为小于n的整数。The partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to k measured values, and the first measured value is a maximum value among the k measured values, where k is an integer smaller than n.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第三阈值大于该第一阈值。In a possible implementation manner, the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该第一测量值包括参考信号接收功率RSRP和参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的至少一项。The first measurement value includes at least one of a reference signal received power RSRP and a reference signal received quality RSRQ.
可选的,第一测量值为RSRP。Optionally, the first measured value is RSRP.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该处理单元用于确定跳过该RRM测量包括:In a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is used to determine to skip the RRM measurement includes:
该处理单元用于基于第一信息确定跳过该RRM测量,该第一信息用于指示允许终端设备不基于服务小区的同步信号块SSB的测量结果执行确定是否执行同频小区测量。The processing unit is configured to determine to skip the RRM measurement based on first information, where the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement based on the measurement result of the synchronization signal block SSB of the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该第一信息还用于指示允许该终端设备不基于异频或异无线接入技术RAT的优先级以及服务小区的SSB测量结果确定是否执行异频、异RAT测量。The first information is also used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on the priority of inter-frequency or inter-RAT RAT and the SSB measurement result of the serving cell.
在一种可能的实现方式中,In one possible implementation,
该RRM测量包括同频小区测量、异频小区测量、异RAT测量中的至少一项。The RRM measurement includes at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一配置信息包括至少一个配置信息,该至少一个配置信息与该至少一个下行参考信号集合一一对应;In a possible implementation manner, the first configuration information includes at least one piece of configuration information, and the at least one piece of configuration information is in one-to-one correspondence with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
其中,至少一个配置信息中的每一个配置信息包括以下至少一项:Wherein, each configuration information in at least one configuration information includes at least one of the following:
CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of the CSI-RS resource set configured as TRS.
需要说明的是,该通信装置900还可以用于执行前述任一方法实施例对应的实现过程,并实现相应的有益效果,具体可以参考前述实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the communication device 900 can also be used to execute the implementation process corresponding to any one of the foregoing method embodiments, and achieve corresponding beneficial effects. For details, reference can be made to the description in the foregoing embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
请参阅图10,为本申请的实施例提供的上述实施例中所涉及的通信装置,该通信装置具体可以为上述实施例中的终端设备,其中,该通信装置1000的一种可能的逻辑结构示意图,该通信装置1000可以包括但不限于至少一个处理器1001以及通信端口1002。进一步可选的,该装置还可以包括存储器1003、总线1004中的至少一个,在本申请的实施例中,该至少一个处理器1001用于对通信装置1000的动作进行控制处理。Please refer to FIG. 10 , which provides the communication device involved in the above-mentioned embodiment for the embodiment of the present application. The communication device may specifically be the terminal device in the above-mentioned embodiment, where a possible logical structure of the communication device 1000 Schematically, the communication device 1000 may include but not limited to at least one processor 1001 and a communication port 1002 . Further optionally, the device may further include at least one of a memory 1003 and a bus 1004. In the embodiment of the present application, the at least one processor 1001 is configured to control and process actions of the communication device 1000.
此外,处理器1001可以是中央处理器单元,通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路,现场可编程门阵列或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。该处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,数字 信号处理器和微处理器的组合等等。所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统,装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。In addition, the processor 1001 may be a central processing unit, a general processor, a digital signal processor, an application specific integrated circuit, a field programmable gate array or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor can also be a combination that realizes computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, and the like. Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,图10所示通信装置具体可以用于实现前述对应方法实施例中终端设备所实现的其它步骤,并实现终端设备对应的技术效果,图10所示通信装置的具体实现方式,均可以参考前述各个方法实施例中的叙述,此处不再一一赘述。It should be noted that the communication device shown in FIG. 10 can be specifically used to implement other steps implemented by the terminal device in the foregoing corresponding method embodiments, and realize the corresponding technical effects of the terminal device. The specific implementation of the communication device shown in FIG. 10 is as follows: Reference can be made to the descriptions in the foregoing method embodiments, and details will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机执行指令的计算机可读存储介质,当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时,该处理器执行如前述实施例中终端设备对应实现方式所述的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the processor executes the method described in the corresponding implementation manner of the terminal device in the foregoing embodiments. method.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机执行指令的计算机可读存储介质,当计算机执行指令被处理器执行时,该处理器执行如前述实施例中网络设备对应实现方式所述的方法。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores one or more computer-executable instructions. When the computer-executable instructions are executed by a processor, the processor performs the implementation described in the corresponding implementation manner of the network device in the foregoing embodiments. method.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机的计算机程序产品(或称计算机程序),当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时,该处理器执行上述终端设备对应实现方式所述的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product (or computer program) storing one or more computers. When the computer program product is executed by the processor, the processor executes the method described in the corresponding implementation manner of the terminal device above. .
本申请实施例还提供一种存储一个或多个计算机的计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品被该处理器执行时,该处理器执行上述网络设备对应实现方式所述的方法。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product storing one or more computers. When the computer program product is executed by the processor, the processor executes the method described in the corresponding implementation manner of the network device above.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于支持终端设备实现上述终端设备对应的实现方式中所涉及的功能。可选的,所述芯片系统还包括接口电路,所述接口电路为所述至少一个处理器提供程序指令和/或数据。在一种可能的设计中,该芯片系统还可以包括存储器,存储器,用于保存该终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。An embodiment of the present application further provides a system-on-a-chip, where the system-on-a-chip includes at least one processor, configured to support a terminal device in implementing the functions involved in the implementation manners corresponding to the foregoing terminal device. Optionally, the chip system further includes an interface circuit, and the interface circuit provides program instructions and/or data for the at least one processor. In a possible design, the system-on-a-chip may further include a memory, and the memory is used for storing necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device. The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括至少一个处理器,用于支持网络设备实现上述网络设备对应的实现方式中所涉及的功能。可选的,所述芯片系统还包括接口电路,所述接口电路为所述至少一个处理器提供程序指令和/或数据。在一种可能的设计中,芯片系统还可以包括存储器,存储器,用于保存该网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。An embodiment of the present application further provides a system-on-a-chip, including at least one processor, configured to support a network device to implement the functions involved in the implementation manner corresponding to the above-mentioned network device. Optionally, the chip system further includes an interface circuit, and the interface circuit provides program instructions and/or data for the at least one processor. In a possible design, the chip system may further include a memory, and the memory is used for storing necessary program instructions and data of the network device. The system-on-a-chip may consist of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该网络系统架构包括上述任一实施例中的终端设备和网络设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, where the network system architecture includes the terminal device and the network device in any of the foregoing embodiments.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device and method can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(ROM,Read-Only Memory)、随机存取存储器(RAM,Random Access Memory)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated units can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional units. If the integrated unit is realized in the form of a software function unit and sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or part of the contribution to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium , including several instructions to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific implementation of the embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily Any changes or substitutions that come to mind should be covered within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (27)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that, comprising:
    终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息用于配置至少一个下行参考信号集合;The terminal device receives first configuration information from the network device, where the first configuration information is used to configure at least one downlink reference signal set;
    所述终端设备基于所述第一配置信息接收所述至少一个下行参考信号集合;The terminal device receives the at least one downlink reference signal set based on the first configuration information;
    所述终端设备基于所述至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值;The terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set to obtain a first measurement value;
    在所述第一测量值大于第一阈值时,所述终端设备确定跳过无线资源管理RRM测量。When the first measurement value is greater than the first threshold, the terminal device determines to skip radio resource management RRM measurement.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个下行参考信号集合包括1个下行参考信号集合。The method according to claim 1, wherein the at least one downlink reference signal set includes one downlink reference signal set.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二配置信息,所述第二配置信息用于配置关联于所述至少一个下行参考信号集合的第一探测参考信号SRS;The terminal device receives second configuration information from the network device, where the second configuration information is used to configure a first sounding reference signal SRS associated with the at least one downlink reference signal set;
    在所述第一测量值大于第二阈值时,所述终端设备基于所述第二配置信息发送所述第一SRS。When the first measurement value is greater than a second threshold, the terminal device sends the first SRS based on the second configuration information.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, further comprising:
    在所述第一测量值小于所述第二阈值时,所述终端设备中止发送所述第一SRS。When the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the first SRS.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个下行参考信号集合包括n个下行参考信号集合,其中,所述n为大于1的整数。The method according to claim 1, wherein the at least one downlink reference signal set includes n downlink reference signal sets, wherein the n is an integer greater than 1.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第三配置信息,所述第三配置信息用于配置关联于所述n个下行参考信号集合的q个SRS,其中,所述q小于等于所述n;The terminal device receives third configuration information from the network device, the third configuration information is used to configure q SRSs associated with the n downlink reference signal sets, where the q is less than or equal to the n ;
    在第一测量值大于第二阈值时,所述终端设备基于所述第三配置信息发送目标SRS,其中,所述目标SRS为所述q个SRS中关联于所述n个下行参考信号集合中所述第一测量值对应的下行参考信号集合的SRS。When the first measurement value is greater than the second threshold, the terminal device sends a target SRS based on the third configuration information, where the target SRS is one of the q SRSs associated with the n downlink reference signal sets The SRS of the downlink reference signal set corresponding to the first measurement value.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 6, characterized in that,
    所述q为1;或,said q is 1; or,
    所述q等于所述n,其中,所述q个SRS与所述n个下行参考信号集合一一对应;或,The q is equal to the n, wherein, the q SRSs are in one-to-one correspondence with the n downlink reference signal sets; or,
    所述q大于1且所述q小于所述n,其中,所述q个SRS所包含的每一个SRS对应于所述n个下行参考信号集合中的一个或多个下行参考信号集合。The q is greater than 1 and the q is smaller than the n, wherein each SRS included in the q SRSs corresponds to one or more downlink reference signal sets in the n downlink reference signal sets.
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6 or 7, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    在所述第一测量值小于所述第二阈值时,所述终端设备中止发送所述目标SRS。When the first measurement value is smaller than the second threshold, the terminal device stops sending the target SRS.
  9. 根据权利要求5至8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个下行参考信号集合包括主参考信号集合和辅参考信号集合,其中,所述辅参考信号集合所包含的参考信号集合数量为n-1;The method according to any one of claims 5 to 8, wherein the at least one downlink reference signal set includes a primary reference signal set and a secondary reference signal set, wherein the reference signals included in the secondary reference signal set The number of sets is n-1;
    所述终端设备基于所述至少一个下行参考信号集合进行测量,得到第一测量值包括:The terminal device performs measurement based on the at least one downlink reference signal set, and obtaining the first measurement value includes:
    所述终端设备对所述主参考信号集合进行测量,得到第二测量值;The terminal device measures the primary reference signal set to obtain a second measurement value;
    所述终端设备基于所述第二测量值确定所述第一测量值。The terminal device determines the first measurement value based on the second measurement value.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备基于所述第二测量值确定所述第一测量值包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value comprises:
    在所述第二测量值大于第三阈值时,所述终端设备将所述第二测量值确定为所述第一测量值;When the second measured value is greater than a third threshold, the terminal device determines the second measured value as the first measured value;
    所述终端设备确定跳过所述辅参考信号集合的测量。The terminal device determines to skip the measurement of the secondary reference signal set.
  11. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,所述终端设备基于所述第二测量值确定所述第一测量值包括:According to the method according to claim 9 or 10, the terminal device determining the first measurement value based on the second measurement value comprises:
    在所述第二测量值小于第三阈值时,所述终端设备对所述辅参考信号集合进行测量,得到第三测量值,其中,所述第三测量值所包含的测量值的数量为p,所述p为大于0且小于等于n-1的整数;When the second measurement value is less than a third threshold, the terminal device measures the secondary reference signal set to obtain a third measurement value, where the number of measurement values included in the third measurement value is p , the p is an integer greater than 0 and less than or equal to n-1;
    所述终端设备基于所述第二测量值和所述第三测量值确定所述第一测量值。The terminal device determines the first measurement value based on the second measurement value and the third measurement value.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备基于所述第二测量值和所述第三测量值确定所述第一测量值,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the terminal device determines the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value, comprising:
    所述终端设备将所述第三测量值中大于所述第三阈值的测量值确定为所述第一测量值;determining, by the terminal device, a measurement value greater than the third threshold among the third measurement values as the first measurement value;
    所述终端设备将所述第三测量值中大于所述第三阈值的测量值对应的辅参考信号集合更新为所述主参考信号集合。The terminal device updates the secondary reference signal set corresponding to the measurement value greater than the third threshold in the third measurement value to the primary reference signal set.
  13. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,所述终端设备基于所述第二测量值和所述第三测量值确定所述第一测量值,包括:The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein the terminal device determines the first measured value based on the second measured value and the third measured value, comprising:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一测量值为所述第二测量值与所述第三测量值中的最大值;或,The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is the maximum value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
    所述终端设备确定所述第一测量值为所述第二测量值与所述第三测量值中的平均值;或,The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of the second measurement value and the third measurement value; or,
    所述终端设备确定所述第一测量值为所述第二测量值与所述第三测量值中m个测量值的平均值,所述m个测量值均大于第四阈值,所述m为小于所述n的整数;或The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is an average value of m measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, the m measurement values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and the m is an integer less than said n; or
    所述终端设备确定所述第一测量值为所述第二测量值与所述第三测量值中k个测量值 的最大值,所述k为小于所述n的整数。The terminal device determines that the first measurement value is the maximum value of k measurement values among the second measurement value and the third measurement value, and the k is an integer smaller than the n.
  14. 根据权利要求5至13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 5 to 13, characterized in that,
    所述至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个测量值,所述第一测量值为所述n个测量值中的最大值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is the maximum value among the n measured values; or,
    所述至少一个下行参考信号集合对应n个测量值,所述第一测量值为所述n个测量值中的平均值;或,The at least one downlink reference signal set corresponds to n measured values, and the first measured value is an average value of the n measured values; or,
    所述至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应m个测量值,所述m个测量值均大于第四阈值,所述第一测量值为所述m个测量值中的平均值,其中,所述m为小于所述n的整数;或,The partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to m measured values, the m measured values are all greater than a fourth threshold, and the first measured value is an average value of the m measured values, wherein , said m is an integer less than said n; or,
    所述至少一个下行参考信号集合中的部分参考信号对应k个测量值,所述第一测量值为所述k个测量值中的最大值,其中,所述k为小于所述n的整数。The partial reference signals in the at least one downlink reference signal set correspond to k measured values, and the first measured value is a maximum value among the k measured values, where the k is an integer smaller than the n.
  15. 根据权利要求1至14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一测量值小于所述第一阈值时,所述终端设备执行所述RRM测量。When the first measurement value is smaller than the first threshold, the terminal device performs the RRM measurement.
  16. 根据权利要求1至15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 15, characterized in that,
    所述第一配置信息承载于系统信息;或,The first configuration information is carried in system information; or,
    所述第一配置信息承载于无线资源控制释放RRCRelease消息。The first configuration information is carried in a radio resource control release RRCRelease message.
  17. 根据权利要求1至16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, characterized in that,
    所述下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS;或,The downlink reference signal contained in the downlink reference signal set is a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS; or,
    所述下行参考信号集合包含的下行参考信号为跟踪参考信号TRS。The downlink reference signal included in the downlink reference signal set is a tracking reference signal TRS.
  18. 根据权利要求10至17任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三阈值大于所述第一阈值。The method according to any one of claims 10 to 17, wherein the third threshold is greater than the first threshold.
  19. 根据权利要求1至18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 18, characterized in that,
    所述第一测量值包括参考信号接收功率RSRP和参考信号接收质量RSRQ中的至少一项。The first measurement value includes at least one of a reference signal received power RSRP and a reference signal received quality RSRQ.
  20. 根据权利要求1至19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备确定跳过所述RRM测量包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the determining by the terminal device to skip the RRM measurement comprises:
    所述终端设备基于第一信息确定跳过所述RRM测量,所述第一信息用于指示允许所述终端设备不基于服务小区的同步信号块SSB的测量结果执行确定是否执行同频小区测量。The terminal device determines to skip the RRM measurement based on the first information, and the first information is used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform intra-frequency cell measurement based on the measurement result of the synchronization signal block SSB of the serving cell.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 20, wherein
    所述第一信息还用于指示允许所述终端设备不基于异频或异无线接入技术RAT的优先 级以及服务小区的SSB的测量结果确定是否执行异频、异RAT测量。The first information is also used to indicate that the terminal device is not allowed to determine whether to perform inter-frequency or inter-RAT measurement based on the priority of inter-frequency or inter-radio access technology RAT and the measurement result of the SSB of the serving cell.
  22. 根据权利要求1至21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 21, characterized in that,
    所述RRM测量包括同频小区测量、异频小区测量、异RAT测量中的至少一项。The RRM measurement includes at least one of intra-frequency cell measurement, inter-frequency cell measurement, and inter-RAT measurement.
  23. 根据权利要求1至22任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置信息包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the first configuration information includes at least one of the following:
    CSI-RS资源配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource configuration information; or,
    配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集配置信息;或,CSI-RS resource set configuration information configured as TRS; or,
    配置了一个或多个配置为TRS的CSI-RS资源集的CSI资源配置信息。CSI resource configuration information of one or more CSI-RS resource sets configured as TRS is configured.
  24. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括收发单元和处理单元;A communication device, characterized by comprising a transceiver unit and a processing unit;
    所述收发单元和所述处理单元用于执行如权利要求1至23任一项所述的方法。The transceiver unit and the processing unit are configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23.
  25. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized by comprising:
    处理器以及存储器;processor and memory;
    所述存储器用于存储程序指令;The memory is used to store program instructions;
    所述处理器用于执行所述程序指令以使得所述通信装置实现权利要求1-23中任一项所述的方法。The processor is configured to execute the program instructions to enable the communication device to implement the method according to any one of claims 1-23.
  26. 一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,其特征在于,在所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions, characterized in that, when the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 23.
  27. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储程序指令,其特征在于,在所述程序指令在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium is used to store program instructions, characterized in that, when the program instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute any one of claims 1 to 23. method described in the item.
PCT/CN2022/121557 2021-09-27 2022-09-27 Communication method and communication apparatus WO2023046190A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111136894.3 2021-09-27
CN202111136894.3A CN115884325A (en) 2021-09-27 2021-09-27 Communication method and communication device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023046190A1 true WO2023046190A1 (en) 2023-03-30

Family

ID=85720136

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/121557 WO2023046190A1 (en) 2021-09-27 2022-09-27 Communication method and communication apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115884325A (en)
WO (1) WO2023046190A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020013623A1 (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for reducing user equipment power consumption in wireless communication system
US20200359247A1 (en) * 2019-05-07 2020-11-12 Yunjung Yi Conditional Radio Resource Management Measurements
US20210045003A1 (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-02-11 Intel Corporation Systems and methods for channel state information (csi)- reference signal (rs) based radio resource management (rrm) measurements
CN112753242A (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-05-04 苹果公司 Techniques for reducing radio resource management measurements and user equipment power consumption

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020013623A1 (en) * 2018-07-13 2020-01-16 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for reducing user equipment power consumption in wireless communication system
CN112753242A (en) * 2018-09-28 2021-05-04 苹果公司 Techniques for reducing radio resource management measurements and user equipment power consumption
US20200359247A1 (en) * 2019-05-07 2020-11-12 Yunjung Yi Conditional Radio Resource Management Measurements
US20210045003A1 (en) * 2019-10-31 2021-02-11 Intel Corporation Systems and methods for channel state information (csi)- reference signal (rs) based radio resource management (rrm) measurements

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SONY: "RRM measurements for UE power saving", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1909904_UE POWER SAVING RRM_V3, vol. RAN WG2, 15 August 2019 (2019-08-15), Prague, Czech Republic, pages 1 - 3, XP051767695 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115884325A (en) 2023-03-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6577556B2 (en) Method and apparatus for searching for neighboring subscriber group cells
US10925107B2 (en) Fast activation of multi-connectivity utilizing uplink signals
CN107078890B (en) Network node and method in a wireless telecommunications network
WO2021197241A1 (en) Measurement relax method, and communication apparatus
CN105122883B (en) System and method for HetNet mobility management
WO2021213217A1 (en) Measurement relaxation method and communication device
WO2021098568A1 (en) Capability information sending method and apparatus, and capability information receiving method and apparatus
EP2736284A1 (en) Cell measurement method, information processing method, terminal, base station and network system
WO2021249001A1 (en) Cell measurement method and device
US20140295905A1 (en) Switching Cells On And Off On A Need Basis In A Wireless Communications Systems
WO2015077295A1 (en) Relay capable wireless apparatuses
CN114982274A (en) UE energy saving mechanism under early measurement report
EP2962489B1 (en) Delivery of measurements
WO2022082539A1 (en) Method and device for radio communication
WO2023011424A1 (en) Relay communication method, communication apparatus, and communication system
US20220086747A1 (en) Method in a terminal, terminal, base station, and wireless communication system
WO2022057520A1 (en) Method and apparatus for carrier configuration
WO2023046190A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
CN117099388A (en) RRM measurement activity reporting and use
EP3198901B1 (en) Device discovery in a device to device communication using two types of discovery
CN113543192B (en) Measurement configuration method and device
WO2023004965A1 (en) Neighboring cell measurement method and apparatus
WO2023040719A1 (en) Cell reselection method and apparatus
WO2023060535A1 (en) Cell measurement method and apparatus, message sending method and apparatus, and device and storage medium
EP3687225A1 (en) Inter rat cell selection or reselection

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22872233

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1